UNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549
Form 10-K
(Mark One)
☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the fiscal year ended December 31, 2024
OR
☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from to _______
Commission file number: 001-40161
DAVE INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Its Charter)
|
|
Delaware |
86-1481509 |
(State or other jurisdiction of |
(I.R.S. Employer |
1265 South Cochran Ave
Los Angeles, CA 90019
(844) 857-3283
(Address and telephone number, including area code, of registrant’s principal executive offices)
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:
Title of Each Class |
Trading Symbol(s) |
Name of Each Exchange on Which Registered |
|
|
|
Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 |
DAVE |
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC |
Redeemable warrants, each whole warrant exercisable for one share of Class A common stock, each at an exercise price of $368 per share |
DAVEW |
The Nasdaq Stock Market LLC |
Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. YES ☐ NO ☒
Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15 of the Act. YES ☐ NO ☒
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period than the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. YES ☒ NO ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). YES ☒ NO ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.
Large accelerated filer |
☐ |
Accelerated filer |
☒ |
|
|
|
|
Non-accelerated filer |
☐ |
Smaller reporting company |
☒ |
|
|
|
|
|
|
Emerging growth company |
☒ |
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☐
If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐
Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). YES ☐ NO ☒
As of June 30, 2024, the last business day of the registrant’s most recently completed second fiscal quarter, the aggregate market value of voting ordinary shares held by non-affiliates of the registrant was approximately $306.5 million, determined using the per share closing price of $30.30 on The Nasdaq Global Market on June 30, 2024, as adjusted for the 32-for-1 reverse stock split of Dave Inc.’s common stock effected on January 5, 2023. Ordinary shares held by each director and executive officer (and their respective affiliates) and each person who owns 10 percent or more of the outstanding ordinary shares or who is otherwise believed by the registrant to be in a control position have been excluded. This determination of affiliate status is not necessarily a conclusive determination for other purposes.
As of February 20, 2025, there were 11,580,041 shares of Class A common stock, $0.0001 par value and 1,514,082 shares of Class V common stock, $0.0001 par value, issued and outstanding.
DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE
Part III incorporates by reference certain information from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement (the “Proxy Statement”) relating to its Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2025. The Proxy Statement will be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this report relates.
DAVE INC.
ANNUAL REPORT ON FORM 10-K
FOR THE FISCAL YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 2024
TABLE OF CONTENTS
|
|
|
|
|
Page |
|
|
|
1 |
|
|||
|
|
3 |
|
|||
|
|
|
||||
|
|
PART I |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
4 |
|
||
|
|
|
16 |
|
||
|
|
|
53 |
|
||
|
|
|
54 |
|
||
|
|
|
55 |
|
||
|
|
|
55 |
|
||
|
|
|
55 |
|
||
|
|
|
||||
|
|
PART II |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
56 |
|
||
|
|
|
56 |
|
||
|
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations |
|
|
57 |
|
|
|
|
|
70 |
|
||
|
|
|
71 |
|
||
|
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure |
|
|
112 |
|
|
|
|
|
112 |
|
||
|
|
|
113 |
|
||
|
Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections |
|
|
113 |
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
PART III |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
114 |
|
||
|
|
|
114 |
|
||
|
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters |
|
|
114 |
|
|
|
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence |
|
|
114 |
|
|
|
|
|
114 |
|
||
|
|
|
||||
|
|
PART IV |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
|
|
|
115 |
|
||
|
|
|
119 |
|
||
|
|
120 |
|
CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
This Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “report” or this “Annual Report on Form 10-K”) contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). All statements contained in this report other than statements of historical fact, including statements regarding our future results of operations, financial position, market size and opportunity, our business strategy and plans, the factors affecting our performance and our objectives for future operations, are forward-looking statements. The words “believe,” “may,” “will,” “estimate,” “continue,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “could,” “should,” “would,” “can,” “expect,” “project,” “outlook,” “forecast,” “objective,” “plan,” “potential,” “seek,” “grow,” “target,” “if” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. We have based these forward-looking statements largely on our current expectations and projections about future events and trends that we believe may affect our financial condition, results of operations, business strategy, short-term and long-term business operations and objectives and financial needs. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including those described in the section titled “Risk Factors” set forth in Part I, Item 1A of this report and in our other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”). Moreover, we operate in a very competitive and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time. It is not possible for our management to predict all risks, nor can we assess the impact of all factors on our business or the extent to which any factor, or combination of factors, may cause actual results to differ materially from those contained in any forward-looking statements we may make. In light of these risks, uncertainties and assumptions, the future events and trends discussed in this report may not occur, and actual results could differ materially and adversely from those anticipated or implied in the forward-looking statements. Forward-looking statements contained in this report involve a number of judgments, risks and uncertainties, including, without limitation, risks related to:
1
We caution you that the foregoing list of judgments, risks and uncertainties that may cause actual results to differ materially from those in the forward-looking statements may not be complete. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. The events and circumstances reflected in the forward-looking statements may not be achieved or occur. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance or achievements. Except as required by law, we do not intend to update any of these forward-looking statements after the date of this report or to conform these statements to actual results or revised expectations.
You should read this report with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance and events and circumstances may be materially different from what we expect.
This report contains estimates, projections and other information concerning our industry, our business and the markets for our products. We obtained the industry, market and similar data set forth in this report from our own internal estimates and research and from industry research, publications, surveys and studies conducted by third parties, including governmental agencies. Information that is based on estimates, forecasts, projections, market research or similar methodologies is inherently subject to uncertainties, and actual events or circumstances may differ materially from events and circumstances that are assumed in this information. While we believe that the data we use from third parties are reliable, we have not separately verified these data. You are cautioned not to give undue weight to any such information, projections and estimates.
As a result of a number of known and unknown risks and uncertainties, including without limitation, the important factors described in Part I. Item 1A “Risk Factors” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, our actual results or performance may be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.
As used in this report, the “Company,” “Dave,” “we,” “us,” “our” and similar terms refer to Dave Inc. (f/k/a VPC Impact Acquisition Holdings III, Inc.) and its consolidated subsidiaries, unless otherwise noted or the context otherwise requires.
2
BASIS OF PRESENTATION
On January 5, 2022, we consummated the transactions contemplated by that certain Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of June 7, 2021 (the “Merger Agreement”), by and among VPC Impact Acquisition Holdings III, Inc. (“VPCC”), Dave Inc., a Delaware corporation (“Legacy Dave”), Bear Merger Company I Inc., a Delaware corporation and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of VPCC (“First Merger Sub”), and Bear Merger Company II LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and a direct, wholly owned subsidiary of VPCC (“Second Merger Sub” and together with the First Merger Sub, the “Merger Subs”). Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, First Merger Sub merged with and into Legacy Dave (the “First Merger”), with Legacy Dave being the surviving corporation of the First Merger (the “Surviving Corporation”), and immediately following the First Merger, the Surviving Corporation merged with and into Second Merger Sub (the “Second Merger,” together with the First Merger, the “Mergers” and the Mergers together with the other transactions contemplated by the Merger Agreement, the “Business Combination”), with Second Merger Sub being the surviving company of the Second Merger as a wholly owned subsidiary of VPCC. In connection with the closing of the Business Combination, we changed our name from “VPC Impact Acquisition Holdings III, Inc.” to “Dave Inc.,” and the Surviving Entity operates under the name “Dave Operating LLC.”
The Company’s Class A Common Stock is now listed on The Nasdaq Global Market (“Nasdaq”) under the symbol “DAVE,” and warrants to purchase the Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $368 per share are listed on Nasdaq under the symbol “DAVEW.” Prior to the Business Combination, VPCC neither engaged in any operations nor generated any revenue. Until the Business Combination, based on VPCC’s business activities, VPCC was a “shell company” as defined under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”).
As used in this Annual Report on Form 10-K, unless otherwise noted or the context otherwise requires:
3
PART I
ITEM 1. BUSINESS
Unless otherwise noted or the context otherwise requires, the disclosures in this Item 1 refer to Dave Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries following the consummation of the Business Combination.
Company Overview
Dave was launched in 2017 to provide a faster, more transparent, and lower-cost alternative to traditional financial institutions, particularly for those living paycheck to paycheck. Inspired by the story of David vs. Goliath, we set out to challenge legacy banking by leveraging technology to expand financial access and improve consumer financial health. Through our mobile-first platform, we deliver innovative financial products designed to help underserved consumers manage their money more effectively. Our mission is to level the financial playing field by providing intuitive, transparent, and accessible solutions that empower our Members to navigate life’s financial challenges with confidence.
We have engineered a purpose-driven platform designed to deliver on our mission, making a significant impact across the stakeholder groups we serve. Since our inception, more than 16 million Members have signed up for the Dave app, with over 12 million having used at least one of our products. We have provided Members with more than $15 billion in ExtraCash, offering critical liquidity when they need it most. To further support our communities, we have donated approximately $23 million to charity and important causes since inception.
Customers value our products, as demonstrated by more than 700,000 App Store reviews with an average 4.8-star rating as of February 2025. Our business model is built on transparency and customer alignment and building relationships with our Members that drive positive outcomes for both them and our business.
At the core of our success is a world-class team dedicated to delivering on our mission. Dave has been recognized by Built In as a Best Place to Work for five consecutive years, reinforcing our commitment to both our Members and employees.
Market Opportunity
The U.S. financial system has historically failed to address the needs of the millions of Americans who are living paycheck to paycheck. According to the Financial Health Network (“FHN”) in 2024, approximately 180 million Americans are classified as financially “coping” or “vulnerable” representing over 70% of the U.S. population, up from 66% in 2021. A December 2024 report by PYMNTS also found that 65% of U.S. consumers were living paycheck to paycheck, up from 60% a year earlier. This market includes both young and financially challenged individuals who have trouble managing cash flow, have minimal savings, regularly overdraft, and pay high fees for access to financial services. FHN research estimates there is approximately $38 billion of fees paid annually for access to basic checking services, including account maintenance fees, overdraft fees and ATM fees and that financially vulnerable and coping populations pay over $200 billion in annual fees and interest for short-term credit. We believe these insights are supported by a Dave study of our Members which reveals that traditional financial institutions charge consumers between $350-$400 of fees annually for access to basic checking services. We also believe these trends underscore a growing need for better financial solutions and illustrate the depth of our total addressable market (“TAM”), which we estimate to be approximately 180 million Americans that do not have access to affordable and effective banking solutions.
We believe that these high costs are the result of the cost structure of incumbents. With expensive brick-and-mortar bank branch networks, antiquated technology, large employee bases, and inefficient customer acquisition strategies, legacy institutions have significant costs to serve their customers, which drives the high price that customers have to pay for access to their services. By leveraging world-class technology and harnessing the power of data and artificial intelligence, we believe that we have dramatically reduced the costs to serve customers in this market. Through this structural advantage, we are able to provide increased access to banking and credit products at lower costs, resulting in a much stronger value proposition to our Members.
4
Our Platform and Products
We strive to deliver a seamless and intuitive Member experience across our product suite through the Dave mobile application. The products that we offer are designed to deliver on the highest needs of our customers to improve financial health: instant and affordable access to credit, free checking and savings account services, instant and frictionless access to their money, and insights and education. Key products and features include:
ExtraCash
ExtraCash is a 0% interest overdraft product offered through our bank partner that provides Members access to up to $500 of credit to bridge liquidity gaps between paychecks. Through our proprietary artificial intelligence (“AI”)-powered underwriting system CashAI, we analyze a Member’s checking account transaction data to determine eligibility and offer amount. This process is entirely automated, does not require a credit check and does not rely on FICO or credit bureau data for decisioning. When an ExtraCash transaction is initiated, we schedule the settlement date based on the Member’s forecasted next paycheck or deposit date.
Dave develops and manages the full risk management value chain from underwriting, fraud and risk mitigation, payment processing, servicing, and settlement. Each unique ExtraCash transaction is underwritten by CashAI at the time a Member logs into the Dave app. This process allows us to evaluate near real-time signals in a Member’s transaction data to determine the optimal amount the Member can responsibly repay, which is designed to create a Member and business win-win.
Dave Checking
Dave Checking is a digital demand deposit account offered through our bank partner with premium features, no account minimums or corresponding fees, and FDIC pass-through insurance eligibility that protects Members from the failure of our bank partner. Members can open a Dave Checking account in minutes through the Dave app, add funds to their account, and begin spending using a Dave Checking virtual debit card. Dave Checking accounts also include a physical Dave branded debit Mastercard (“Dave Card”) that can be used for everyday purchases and spending transactions as well as at any of the approximately 40,000 MoneyPass ATM network locations to make no-fee withdrawals at these in-network ATMs.
Dave Checking accounts can be funded with an ExtraCash overdraft, direct deposit, an external debit card, an external bank account, or mobile check capture. There are no fees to open a Dave Checking account, making it accessible for people of all financial situations.
Our Dave Checking account includes what we believe are some of the best features in the checking account market, including:
Dave Checking offers security controls such as multi-factor authentication, contactless payment, instant card lock and protection against unauthorized purchases if cards are lost or stolen.
5
Dave Checking revenues are primarily driven by merchant interchange, incentives from Mastercard, interest on deposits paid by our partner banks, and other ancillary fees paid by customers (e.g. out of network ATM fees, instant withdrawal fees).
Personal Financial Management
Budget
We believe that understanding and visibility are core to a Member’s financial health. That is why we developed our product offering called Budget, a personal financial management tool that helps Members understand their spending and savings habits to enable better financial management. The Budget tool leverages historical bank account data to help Members understand both recurring and commonly occurring charges, helping Members understand potential upcoming transactions that might impact their balance. Budget also notifies Members when there is a chance of an overdraft.
Side Hustle
Side Hustle is a streamlined job application portal for Dave Members to find supplemental or temporary work. The portal focuses on “gig economy,” part-time, seasonal, remote and other flexible types of employment opportunities. Members can apply to dozens of jobs in-app using saved information and credentials. A side hustle can be an important part of a Member’s long-term financial health, as it allows Members to quickly address unexpected expenses or cash needs with incremental income.
Surveys
Our Surveys product allows for additional earning opportunities, allowing Members to take paid surveys anytime within the Dave app. This functionality drives engagement within the Dave ecosystem and deepens our relationship to our Members’ financial wellbeing.
We generate monthly subscription revenue from Members enrolled in our Personal Financial Management service.
Our Strategy
Expand customer reach: we plan to continue creating awareness of our brand and the innovative and high-utility products that we offer to further penetrate our TAM and grow our base of transacting Members. The larger our transacting Member base becomes, we expect the better our systems are able to identify responsible customers and the more Members we can acquire and approve, creating a powerful flywheel. We believe we have among the strongest user acquisition engines in the industry, driven by our data driven marketing strategy and strong value proposition. We plan to continue making efficient investments in Member acquisition to drive Member growth at attractive LTV to CAC returns.
Drive ExtraCash engagement and originations growth: we are focused on our strategy to help establish ExtraCash as the best short-term credit product in the market. We plan to continue investing in the ExtraCash product and CashAI to help ensure we have the highest limits in the industry while driving strong unit economics. Since the beginning of 2023, the average ExtraCash origination size has increased by 16% while our average 28-day loss rates in 2024 dropped by over 24% versus prior year. We believe we can continue to make improvements to the ExtraCash value proposition that unlock transacting Member growth through stronger conversion and retention and ARPU expansion by growing average originations per Member.
Increase adoption of the Dave Card: cross-selling Members into the Dave Card represents an attractive opportunity to drive both increased ARPU and average customer lifetimes. In the fourth quarter of 2024, Dave Card actives generated nearly 1.75x higher average monthly ARPU than non-Dave Card actives, with stronger retention profiles. Dave Card actives are also more engaged than average Members, averaging nearly 10x more transactions per month. We plan to add features and additional value propositions associated with Dave Card usage that we believe will create stronger motivation for usage, further supporting our growth objectives.
6
Leverage our data advantage and technology to build new products: The capabilities we have established in cashflow underwriting through CashAI, engineering, risk and fraud management, payments, and bank sponsor relationships, among others, provide us a unique foundation to launch additional products in the future. We expect to be able to launch new products that will support Member growth, LTV expansion and drive further revenue growth and profitability.
Technology and Data-Led Competitive Advantages
Dave is a technology company at its core. We have created a data-driven technology platform designed to deliver rapid, accurate, and Member-centric financial products that we believe provide us with sustainable competitive advantages. Our proprietary systems combine advanced AI and machine learning models, real-time data analytics, and seamless integration with external financial networks and partners to offer a frictionless user experience to a broad spectrum of consumers, including those often overlooked by legacy banks and less sophisticated providers:
7
Competitive Landscape
Consumer financial services is a large, fragmented, and competitive market, and we compete in varying degrees with a range of existing providers of consumer-focused banking, lending, commerce and other financial products. Our competitors are generally large, well-capitalized financial services companies. Some of our current and potential competitors have longer operating histories, particularly with respect to financial products similar to what we offer, significantly greater financial, technical, marketing and other resources, and a larger Member base. These competitors include:
We believe other market participants do not adequately meet the needs of an estimated approximately 180 million Americans who make up our target market. We believe our ease of access, speed-to-value, data-driven approach and powerful flywheel will allow us to continue to efficiently scale and generate strong returns.
Key Partnerships
Bank Partner: ExtraCash, Dave Checking demand deposit accounts and associated Dave Cards are currently issued by Evolve. We are party to a Bank Services Agreement ("BSA") with Evolve, with a current term set to automatically renew annually unless either party provides written notice of non-renewal, which may be provided without cause to the other party at least 180 days prior to the end of any such term. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain early termination events, either we or Evolve may terminate the agreement immediately upon written notice to the other party. The BSA does not prohibit Evolve from working with our competitors or from offering competing services, nor does it prevent us from working with other banks to provide similar services. Our partnership with Evolve allows us to offer ExtraCash as well as other deposit accounts and debit cards while complying with various federal, state, and other laws. Evolve also sponsors access to debit networks and ACH for payment transactions, funding transactions and associated settlement of funds. Under the terms of the BSA, among other things, Evolve is obligated to issue and maintain deposit (or sub-deposit) accounts to each customer and issue and maintain the deposits in the deposit accounts in order to ensure the deposits are insured by the FDIC up to the standard maximum deposit insurance amount per customer. Under the terms of the BSA, the Company's responsibilities include, among others, customer service, maintaining the technology and other aspects of the program that do not constitute banking or money transmission, and maintaining ledger accounting of funds held in each deposit account and other records required by Evolve or by law necessary to ensure "pass through" FDIC insurance coverage.
Processing Partner: In connection with our arrangements with Evolve, we have also entered into a multi-year service agreement with Galileo Financial Technologies, LLC (f/k/a Galileo Financial Technologies, Inc.) (“Galileo”), a payment processing platform, in which Galileo has agreed to process all transactions for our Dave ExtraCash, bank accounts and debit cards, and to handle corresponding payments and adjustments. Galileo also maintains cardholder information, implements certain fraud control processes and procedures, and provides related services in connection with the ExtraCash and Dave Checking accounts and debit cards.
8
In January 2023, we executed an amended agreement with Galileo that significantly reduced the fees that we pay to Galileo for these services. In conjunction with the amended agreement, the term of the agreement was amended such that the agreement expires on the fifth anniversary of the effective date of the amended agreement. Following the amended term of the agreement, the agreement renews for successive one-year periods unless either party provides written notice of non-renewal, which may be provided without cause, to the other party at least four months prior to the end of any such renewal term. The occurrence of certain events would provide each party with an early termination right under the agreement.
Under this structure, customer funds subject to FDIC insurance are not held by Galileo nor are they held by the Company or by any other provider besides Evolve. Customer funds are either held by Evolve in the customer deposit or sub-deposit accounts, or, where a customer has authorized a deposit or withdrawal, the funds are in transit through standard payment systems. Customer funds are eligible for FDIC insurance when held by Evolve, a member of the FDIC, in accordance with FDIC rules and regulations.
Recent Developments
On February 20, 2025, the Company announced the completion of changes to its optional fee revenue model (tips and instant transfer fees) for its ExtraCash product. The optional fee model was replaced with a simplified 5% overdraft service fee structure including a $5 minimum and $15 maximum, starting with new customers in December 2024, and completely transitioned to existing customers as of February 19, 2025.
On March 3, 2025, the Company announced that its subsidiary had entered into a Program Agreement with Coastal Community Bank to become a sponsor for Dave’s banking and ExtraCash products. Dave Members will begin onboarding to Coastal Community Bank as soon as Q2 2025.
Management
Leadership talent and vision are core priorities at Dave. We have assembled a team of experts from leading consumer and financial technology companies with deep experience in people, engineering, product, marketing, and finance. Our founding team includes serial entrepreneurs, skilled designers, and seasoned technology professionals, while legal and compliance functions are led by veterans from high-growth financial services firms. As we continue to scale and diversify our business, we remain focused on building and nurturing top-tier leadership.
Talent and Culture
Every day, our nimble and innovative team comes together in an effort to level the financial playing field. This shared mission—empowering millions of current and future Members—fuels our passion and purpose. However, attracting and retaining top talent requires more than a compelling mission. That is why we have made meaningful strides in becoming a truly exceptional place to work.
We have deeply integrated the OKR (Objectives and Key Results) framework into our culture and ways of working, inspired by the best practices of high-performing technology companies. Our Quarterly Business Reviews now serve as pivotal moments for senior leaders to analyze key performance indicators, align on priorities for the upcoming quarter, and address strategic opportunities. These efforts have fostered greater accountability, more predictable business outcomes, stronger cross-functional collaboration, and a clearer understanding of how every team member contributes to our collective goals.
We have also prioritized investing in effective people leadership. Strong leaders amplify what a team can achieve, so we have worked early and intentionally to define what leadership excellence looks like at Dave. Our leaders strive to create purpose, nurture growth, guide teams through change, communicate with clarity, and prioritize company-wide success. By weaving this leadership philosophy into every stage of the employee journey, we are building a community of high-performing leaders who inspire their teams to drive our mission forward.
Our strategic commitment to being a virtual first company continues to bear fruit. With team members in over 30 states, we have expanded our talent pool by removing geographic constraints. We believe that this shift has not only broadened our team but also reduced voluntary turnover, which now is below the median rates of our peer set for 2024.
9
The flexibility of remote work has boosted productivity while keeping our team size steady. To balance this virtual model, we host bi-weekly company-wide all-hands meetings, encourage team offsites, host annual company-wide gatherings to foster connection, and provide co-working stipends to give employees the freedom to choose where they work best.
Recognizing that financial wellness is core to Dave’s business, we have made meaningful investments in our compensation and benefits programs. Alongside market-competitive pay, we also offer a 401(k) match and access to a dedicated financial advisor, helping to ensure that every employee has the tools they need to plan for their future with confidence.
As a fintech company, we are no strangers to navigating the unknown. Building a company and culture that employees are proud of—and would recommend to their closest friends—is a continuous journey. To stay grounded in our team’s experience, we conduct engagement surveys, giving team members a confidential platform to share their feedback. These insights shape department-specific OKRs that address challenges and drive engagement. With a consistent 90%+ participation rate, our team trusts that their voices are heard and acted upon.
As of December 31, 2024, we had 274 full-time employees across all locations. None of our employees are represented by a labor union or covered by a collective bargaining agreement.
Regulatory Environment
We operate in a complex regulatory environment consisting of U.S. federal and state laws that is rapidly evolving. These laws cover most aspects of our business and include laws, regulations, rules and guidance relating to, among other things, consumer finance and protection, privacy and data protection, anti-money laundering and know your customer requirements, banking, and payments. For example, with respect to our ExtraCash product offered through Evolve, certain state laws may, if applicable, regulate the charges or fees that can be assessed and how settlements are obtained from our Members. In addition, other federal and state laws, public policy, and general principles of equity, such as laws prohibiting unfair and deceptive acts or practices, may apply to our activities in banking, ExtraCash, payments, and other areas. These laws and regulations impact our business both directly and indirectly. Additionally, as a result of our partnership with Evolve, which provides ExtraCash via an overdraft account, deposit accounts and debit cards to our Members, we are also subject to regulation by bank regulators with supervisory authority over Evolve. Ensuring ongoing compliance with these laws and regulations imposes significant burdens on our business operations. See “Risk Factors—Our business is subject to extensive regulation and oversight in a variety of areas under federal, state and local laws, and is subject to regulatory investigations and consumer litigation.”
In addition, we may become subject to additional legal or regulatory requirements we are not subject to today if laws or regulations change in the jurisdictions in which we operate, or if we were to release new products or services. In addition, the regulatory framework for our products and services is evolving and uncertain, including the framework that applies to the ExtraCash product, as federal and state governments and regulators consider the application of existing laws and potential adoption of new laws. The potential for new laws and regulations, as well as ongoing uncertainty regarding the application of existing laws and regulations to our current products and services, may negatively affect our business. These laws and regulations could require us to modify the way in which we generate revenue from certain business lines, obtain new licenses, or comply with additional laws and regulations in order to conduct our business.
State and local licensing requirements and regulation
We believe that none of our current business lines require us to obtain any state or local licenses. However, the application of state or local licensing requirements (including those applicable to bank partnerships involving consumer lending) to our business model is not always clear and regulators may request or require that we obtain licenses or otherwise comply with additional requirements in the future, which may result in changes to our business practices. In addition, if we are found to have engaged in activities subject to licensure for which we lack the requisite license, or in activities that are otherwise deemed to be in violation of lending laws, the relevant authority may impose fines, impose restrictions on our operations in the relevant state or locality, or seek other remedies for activities conducted in the state.
10
U.S. federal consumer protection requirements
Here we summarize several of the material federal consumer protection and other laws applicable to our business. Many states and localities have laws and regulations that are similar to the federal laws described, but the degree and nature of such laws and regulations vary from jurisdiction to jurisdiction. We must comply with various federal consumer protection regimes, both pursuant to the financial products and services we provide directly and as a service provider to Evolve.
We are subject to regulation by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”), which oversees compliance with and enforces federal consumer financial protection laws. The CFPB directly and significantly influences the regulation of consumer financial products and services, including the products and services we provide. The CFPB has substantial power to regulate such products and services and the banks and non-bank entities that provide them, as well as their respective third-party service providers. This power includes rule making and enforcement authority in enumerated areas of federal law such as truth in lending, credit discrimination, electronic fund transfers and truth in savings. Under Title X of the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act (the “Dodd-Frank Act”), the CFPB also has the authority to pursue enforcement actions against companies that offer or provide consumer financial products or services that engage in unfair, deceptive or abusive acts or practices, commonly referred to as “UDAAPs.” The CFPB may also seek a range of other remedies, including restitution, refunds of money, disgorgement of profits or compensation for unjust enrichment, civil money penalties, rescission of contracts, public notification of the violation, and restrictions on the target’s conduct, activities and functions. Moreover, where a company has violated Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act or CFPB regulations under Title X, the Dodd-Frank Act empowers state attorneys general and state regulators to bring civil actions to enforce such laws and regulations.
Our business activities, either directly or indirectly through our partnership with Evolve, are also subject to or may be subject to applicable requirements under other federal statutes and regulations, including but not limited to:
The Telephone Consumer Protection Act (“TCPA”) contains restrictions on the use of texts and telephone calls, including restrictions on unsolicited marketing texts and telephone calls as well as texts and calls made using certain technologies without consumer consent. In addition, the FTC Telemarketing Sales Rule implements the FTC’s Do-Not-Call Registry and imposes numerous other requirements and limitations in connection with telemarketing.
The Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography and Marketing (“CAN-SPAM”) Act makes it unlawful to send certain electronic mail messages that contain false or deceptive information and provide other protections for email users. CAN-SPAM also requires the need to provide a functioning mechanism that allows the recipient to opt-out of receiving future commercial e-mail messages from the sender of such messages.
11
12
Given our novel business model and products, and the subjective nature of certain laws and regulations such as the prohibition against UDAPs, we have been and may in the future become subject to regulatory scrutiny or legal challenge with respect to our compliance with these and other regulatory requirements. Additional or different requirements may also apply to our business in the future as the regulatory framework in which we operate is evolving and uncertain. While we have developed policies and procedures designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations, we may not have been, and may not always be, in compliance with these and other laws. No assurance is given that our compliance policies and procedures have been or will be effective or adequate as laws change or are applied to us in a new manner.
Regulation of our bank partnership model
Pursuant to our partnership with Evolve, we offer our Members Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”)-insured, non-interest-bearing deposit accounts (including the ExtraCash account), interest bearing deposit accounts and debit cards that Members can use to access their account balances. These deposit accounts and debit cards are provided by Evolve. Under the terms of our agreement with Evolve, as well as the agreements between our Members and Evolve, each Member that chooses to open a deposit account has a deposit account at Evolve and a debit card issued by Evolve. With respect to these deposit accounts and debit cards, we act as the program manager and service provider to Evolve to provide customer support and technology features to Members using their Evolve accounts through our platform.
Many laws and regulations that apply directly to Evolve indirectly impact us (and our products) as Evolve’s service provider. As such, our partnership with Evolve is subject to the supervision and enforcement authority of the Federal Reserve, Evolve’s primary regulator, the FDIC and Evolve's state banking regulator, the Arkansas State Bank Department. In addition, laws and regulations that through expectations placed on Evolve by its regulators may indirectly affect us through requirements placed on us by Evolve to satisfy regulatory requirements. For example, the Federal Reserve, the FDIC and the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency have issued final guidance on managing risks associated with third-party relationships. The guidance states that sound third-party risk management takes into account the level of risk, complexity, and size of the bank and the nature of the third-party relationship. In July 2024, these agencies also released a joint statement on banks’ arrangements with third parties to deliver bank deposit products and services. The joint statement cautions that operational and compliance risks arise when banks hand over substantial control of key functions to a third party. Banks can manage risk through policies and procedures governing organizational structures, lines of reporting, expertise and staffing, internal controls and audit functions. Banks can also conduct risk assessments to assess controls for mitigating risk relating to specific third-party arrangements, engage in due diligence of third-party relationships, set appropriate contractual relationships, and establish monitoring routines to identify risks.
On March 3, 2025, the Company announced that its subsidiary had entered into a Program Agreement with Coastal Community Bank to become a sponsor for Dave’s banking and ExtraCash products. Dave Members will begin onboarding to Coastal Community Bank as soon as Q2 2025.We expect the same regulatory considerations to apply to this new bank partnership.
13
Other regulatory requirements
In addition to the requirements described above, we are subject to and work to comply with other state and federal laws and regulations applicable to consumer financial products and services. These laws and regulations may be enforced by various state banking and consumer protection agencies, state attorneys general, the CFPB, the FTC and private litigants, among others.
Card Association and Payment Network Rules. The bylaws and agreements between clearing house participants and bankcard companies impose specific responsibilities and liabilities for issuers of debit cards. We, as well our partner bank that issues our debit card, are required to comply with the appropriate National Automated Clearing House Association (“NACHA”), bylaws, operating rules, and agreements, as well as card network rules and guidelines. NACHA operating rules further imposes maximum tolerances on the volume of ACH transfers that may be returned as unauthorized or for other reasons. Exceeding those tolerances may result in limitations being imposed on our ability to initiate ACH transactions. Many transfers of funds in connection with the provision and repayment of our ExtraCash overdrafts are performed by electronic fund transfers, including ACH transfers. We also facilitate the electronic transfer of funds requested by our Members between their deposit accounts with our partner bank and their accounts at other financial institutions. Additional new products and services that we offer may also impose additional obligations on us to comply with NACHA and card network obligations related to preventing fraud, money laundering, and IT security breaches.
Bank Secrecy Act and Anti-Money Laundering. Given our involvement in payments, banking transactions, and our arrangements with Evolve, we are subject to compliance obligations related to U.S. anti-money laundering (“AML”) laws and regulations. We have developed and currently operate an AML program designed to prevent our products from being used to facilitate money laundering, terrorist financing, and other financial crimes. Our program is also designed to prevent our products from being used to facilitate business in certain countries or territories, or with certain individuals or entities, including those on designated lists promulgated by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Controls and other U.S. and non-U.S. sanctions authorities. Our AML and sanctions compliance programs include policies, procedures, reporting protocols, and internal controls. Our programs are designed to address these legal and regulatory requirements and to assist in managing risks associated with money laundering and terrorist financing.
Privacy and Information Security Laws. We collect, store, use, disclose, and otherwise process a wide variety of information and data, including personally identifiable information (“PII”) that we acquire in connection with our Members’ use of our products and services, for various purposes in our business, including to help ensure the integrity of our services and to provide features and functionality to our Members. This aspect of our business is subject to numerous privacy, cybersecurity, and other laws and regulations in the United States, including the federal GLBA and various state laws such as the California Consumer Privacy Act (“CCPA”). Accordingly, we publish our privacy policies and terms of service, which describe our practices concerning the collection, storage, use, disclosure, transmission, processing, and protection of information.
The legal and regulatory framework for privacy and security issues is rapidly evolving, and, although we endeavor to comply with these laws and regulations and our own policies and documentation, we may fail to do so or be alleged to have failed to do so. Any actual or perceived failure to comply with legal and regulatory requirements applicable to us, including those relating to privacy or security, or any failure to protect the information that we collect from our Members from cyberattacks, or any similar actual or perceived failure by our third-party service providers and partners, may result in private litigation, regulatory or governmental investigations, administrative enforcement actions, sanctions, civil and criminal liability, and constraints on our ability to continue to operate, among other things. Please see the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Regulatory and Legal Matters—Stringent and changing laws and regulations relating to privacy and data protection could result in claims against us, harm our results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects, or otherwise harm our business.”
Open Banking. In October 2024, the CFPB finalized a rule under the Dodd-Frank Act, which would require a covered entity, including us and our bank partner, to, among other things, make available to a consumer, upon request, information in the covered entity’s control or possession concerning the consumer financial product or service that the consumer obtained from the covered entity. The final rule also requires data providers holding a consumer account to establish a developer interface satisfying certain data security specifications and other standards, through which the data provider can receive requests for, and provide, specific types of data covered by the rule in electronic, usable form to authorized third parties, including data aggregators.
14
Under the final rule, data providers would be prohibited from charging consumers or third parties fees for processing these consumer data requests. The final rule would also place certain data security, authorization, and other obligations on third parties accessing covered data from data providers, which could include us when acting in certain capacities. The final rule would also require third parties to limit their collection, use, and retention of the data received to only what is reasonably necessary to provide the consumers’ requested product or service. Various standards under the final rule would be established by a standard-setting body designated by the CFPB.
While the impact of the rule will depend upon a number of factors, including consumer behavior and the actions of data providers and recipients, open banking initiatives like this final rule have the potential to change the competitive landscape, presenting challenges to our business model, such as by enhancing competitors’ ability to attract our customers, as well as opportunities since we may also act as an authorized third party and receive data from data providers. The nature and kind of this impact will also depend on and our, and our competitors’, ability to meet and comply with standards established by the CFPB’s designated standard-setting body. In October 2024, industry trade associations filed a lawsuit against the CFPB alleging the agency exceeded its statutory authority and asking the court to vacate the rule.
New Laws and Regulations. Various federal and state regulatory agencies in the United States continue to examine a wide variety of issues that are applicable to us and may impact our business. These issues include consumer protection, marketing, cybersecurity, privacy, electronic transfers, state licensing, and the regulation of overdraft products. As we continue to develop and expand, we monitor for additional rules and regulations that may impact our business.
Intellectual Property
Intellectual property and proprietary rights are important to the success of our business. We rely on a combination of copyright, trademark and trade secret laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, as well as license agreements, confidentiality procedures, non-disclosure agreements, and other contractual protections, to establish and protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, including our proprietary technology, software, know-how, and brand. From time to time, we may consider filing design and utility patents to further enhance the measures of intellectual property protection for the company. However, these laws, agreements, and procedures provide only limited protection. In the United States, we own several registered trademarks and have pending trademark applications in various stages of review. Although we take steps to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will be sufficient or effective to prevent the unauthorized access, use, copying, or the reverse engineering of our technology and other proprietary information, including by third parties who may use our technology or other proprietary information to develop services that compete with ours. Moreover, others may independently develop technologies or services that are competitive with ours or that infringe on, misappropriate, or otherwise violate our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Policing the unauthorized use of our intellectual property and proprietary rights can be difficult. The enforcement of our intellectual property and proprietary rights also depends on any legal actions we may bring against any such parties being successful, but these actions are costly, time-consuming, and may not be successful, even when our rights have been infringed, misappropriated, or otherwise violated. In addition, aspects of our platform and services include software covered by open source licenses. The terms of various open source licenses have not been interpreted by United States courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our services.
Although we rely on intellectual property and proprietary rights, including copyrights, trademarks, and trade secrets, as well as contractual protections, in our business, we also seek to preserve the integrity and confidentiality of our intellectual property and proprietary rights through appropriate technological restrictions, such as physical and electronic security measures. We believe that factors such as the technological and creative skills of our personnel and frequent enhancements to our network are also essential to establishing and maintaining our technology leadership position.
See the section titled “Risk Factors—Risks Related to Our Business and Industry” for a more comprehensive description of risks related to our intellectual property and proprietary rights.
15
Available Information
We file annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Our SEC filings are available to the public over the internet at the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov. Our SEC filings are also available free of charge on the Investor Relations portion of our website at dave.com as soon as reasonably practicable after they are filed with or furnished to the SEC. Our website and the information contained on or through that site are not incorporated into this report. All website addresses in this report are intended to be inactive textual references only.
Information About Our Executive Officers and Directors
Executive Officers
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position |
Jason Wilk |
|
39 |
|
President & Chief Executive Officer |
Kyle Beilman |
|
37 |
|
Chief Financial Officer |
Jason Wilk. Mr. Wilk co-founded Dave Inc. and has served as President and Chief Executive Officer since the closing of the Business Combination and prior to the Business Combination as Legacy Dave’s Chief Executive Officer since May 2016. Mr. Wilk has over 15 years of experience building digital companies. Prior to Dave, from October 2009 to July 2016, Mr. Wilk founded and served as Chief Executive Officer of AllScreen, an Inc 5000 top 20 technology platform that enabled large media outlets to syndicate their digital content to over 500 publishers. AllScreen was backed by leading investors Y Combinator and Mark Cuban before being acquired in 2015. Mr. Wilk began his career as the founder and Chief Executive Officer of 1DaySports.com, one of the first flash sale websites, which was acquired in 2008. Mr. Wilk holds a B.B.A. from Loyola Marymount University, College of Business Administration where he studied international business and technology.
Kyle Beilman. Mr. Beilman has served as Chief Financial Officer and Secretary since the closing of the Business Combination and prior to the Business Combination served as Legacy Dave’s Chief Financial Officer since January 2021 and from July 2017 to October 2019 and Chief Operating Officer from October 2019 to January 2021. Since January 2021, Mr. Beilman has served as Vice President of Dave OD Funding I, LLC, a wholly owned subsidiary of Dave (“Dave OD”). Prior to joining Legacy Dave, Mr. Beilman worked in corporate strategy at Red Bull from January 2016 to July 2017. Prior to Red Bull, Mr. Beilman worked in investment banking focused on mergers and acquisitions at Centerview Partners from August 2013 to January 2016 and Moelis & Company from May 2012 to August 2013. Mr. Beilman holds a B.S. from the University of Southern California Marshall School of Business.
Board of Directors
Name |
|
Age |
|
Position |
Jason Wilk |
|
39 |
|
President & Chief Executive Officer |
Imran Khan |
|
47 |
|
Founder & Chief Investment Officer, Proem Asset Management |
Brendan Carroll |
|
47 |
|
Senior Partner, Victory Park Capital Advisors, LLC |
Andrea Mitchell |
|
53 |
|
Managing Partner, Law firm of Mitchell Sandler LLC |
Michael Pope |
|
58 |
|
Former Chief Financial Officer & Senior Vice President, Shutterfly, Inc. |
Dan Preston |
|
39 |
|
Former Chief Executive Officer & Director, Metromile |
Yadin Rozov |
|
47 |
|
Founder & Managing Partner, Terrace Edge Ventures LLC |
Item 1A. Risk Factors.
In the course of conducting our business operations, we are exposed to a variety of risks. Any of the risk factors we describe below have affected or could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The market price of shares of our common stock could decline, possibly significantly or permanently, if one or more of these risks and uncertainties occurs. Certain statements in “Risk Factors” are forward-looking statements. See “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements.”
16
Unless otherwise noted or the context otherwise requires, the disclosures in this Item 1A refer to Dave Inc. and its consolidated subsidiaries following the consummation of the Business Combination.
Summary Risk Factors
Our business is subject to a number of risks, including risks that may prevent us from achieving our business objectives or may adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations, cash flows, and prospects. These risks are discussed more fully below and include, but are not limited to, risks related to:
17
Risks Related to Our Business and Industry
The industries in which we operate are highly competitive, which could adversely affect our results of operations.
The industries in which we compete are highly competitive and subject to rapid and significant changes. We compete against companies and financial institutions across the retail banking, financial services, consumer technology and financial technology services industries, as well as other nonbank lenders serving credit-challenged consumers, including online marketplace lenders, check cashers, point-of-sale lenders and payday lenders. We may compete with others in the market who may in the future provide offerings similar to ours, particularly companies who may provide money management, lending and other services though a platform similar to our platform. These and other competitors in the banking and financial technology industries are introducing innovative products and services that may compete with ours. We expect that this competition will continue as banking and financial technology industries continue to evolve, particularly if non-traditional non-recourse advance providers and other parties gain greater market share in these industries or if changes in financial services regulation enable new competitors to enter the sector or new means of offering products and services that compete with ours. For example, some earned wage access providers with which Dave competes are evaluating whether to adopt new business models, such as through providing overdraft services through a partner bank or extending a line of credit. If we are unable to differentiate our products and platform from and successfully compete with those of our competitors, or if our competitors adopt business models that more closely resemble our own, we may lose our competitive advantage and our business, results of operations and financial condition may be materially and adversely affected.
Many existing and potential competitors are entities substantially larger in size and more established, including with greater resources, highly diversified revenues and significantly more brand awareness than ours. As such, many of our competitors can leverage their size, robust networks, financial wherewithal, brand awareness, pricing power and technological assets to compete with us.
18
To the extent new entrants gain market share, the purchase and use of our products and services would decline. If price competition materially intensifies, we may have to decrease the prices of our products and services, which would likely adversely affect the results of operations.
Our long-term success depends on our ability to compete effectively against existing and potential competitors that seek to provide banking and financial technology products and services. If we fail to compete effectively against these competitors, our revenues, results of operations, prospects for future growth and overall business will be materially and adversely affected.
ExtraCash exposes us to credit risk of our Members and if our underwriting criteria for ExtraCash is not sufficient to mitigate against this risk, or if the data we use to underwrite is inaccurate or incomplete, our financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected if a substantial number of our Members fail to repay the ExtraCash overdraft they receive.
The ExtraCash product exposes us to financial losses if Members do not repay the ExtraCash overdraft. The timing and volume of repayments have a significant impact on our financial results and cash flows. If a large number of Members do not repay ExtraCash overdrafts, our financial condition and operating results would be adversely affected.
Our underwriting standards may not offer adequate protection against the risk of non-payment, especially in periods of economic uncertainty such as existed more recently with rising interest rates, and inflationary pressures. We rely on consumer’s bank account data obtained through a third party in order to develop our underwriting models and in order to underwrite any particular consumer’s ExtraCash overdraft. If this data becomes unavailable or is inaccurate or incomplete, our underwriting may not adequately predict repayment of advances.
Our ability to accurately forecast performance and determine an appropriate provision and our credit loss allowance, is critical to our business and financial results. The determination of our credit loss allowance requires many assumptions and complex analyses, including management’s evaluation of the risk inherent in the ExtraCash portfolio, composition of the portfolio, specific impaired ExtraCash receivables, and current economic conditions.
There can be no assurance that our performance forecasts will be accurate. In periods with changing economic conditions, elevated interest rates and persistent inflationary pressures, accurately forecasting repayment of ExtraCash receivables is more difficult. Our credit loss allowance is an estimate, and if actual repayment defaults are materially greater than our credit loss allowance, or more generally, if our forecasts are not accurate, our financial position, liquidity and results of operations could be materially adversely affected. Specifically, we may incur net charge-offs in excess of our reserves, or we may be required to increase our provision for credit losses, either of which would adversely affect our results of operations. See “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations-Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Our Members may not view or treat ExtraCash as having the same significance as other obligations and ExtraCash overdrafts facilitated through our platform are not secured, guaranteed, or insured and involve a high degree of financial risk.
Our Members may not view ExtraCash overdrafts facilitated through our platform as having the same significance as other credit obligations arising under more traditional circumstances.
ExtraCash overdrafts facilitated through our platform are not secured by any collateral, not guaranteed or insured by any third party, and not backed by any governmental authority in any way. Therefore, if we purchase ExtraCash receivables from our originating bank partners after they are originated, we are limited in our ability to settle on these overdrafts if a Member is unwilling or unable to repay them. Additionally, because we do not report ExtraCash payment information to consumer reporting agencies, our Members may prioritize payment of obligations to other creditors who do report payment information to these agencies. A Member’s ability and willingness to repay their ExtraCash overdrafts can be negatively impacted by increases in their payment obligations to other lenders under mortgage, credit card, and other loans.
19
If a consumer neglects his or her payment obligations on an ExtraCash overdraft facilitated through our platform or chooses not to repay his or her overdraft entirely, it will have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, future prospects, and cash flows.
In addition, personal loans and ExtraCash are dischargeable in a bankruptcy proceeding involving a borrower without the need for the borrower to file an adversary proceeding. The discharge of a significant amount of ExtraCash overdrafts could adversely affect our financial condition. Furthermore, other characteristics of ExtraCash overdrafts may increase the risk of default or fraud and there are few restrictions on the uses that may be made of ExtraCash overdrafts by borrowers, which may result in increased levels of credit consumption. These factors may reduce the amounts received from ExtraCash receivables and adversely affect our operating results and financial condition.
We offer ExtraCash, based on a limited performance history, and therefore we have only limited prepayment, loss and delinquency data with respect to ExtraCash on which to base projections.
The performance of ExtraCash is significantly dependent on our ability to develop and deploy effective models, with oversight by our bank partner, to evaluate an applicant’s credit profile and likelihood of default based on a variety of factors and originate ExtraCash overdrafts. Despite recession-readiness planning and stress forecasting, there is no assurance that the credit criteria can accurately predict performance under economic conditions such as a prolonged down-cycle or recessionary economic environment or the governmental response to periods of disruption, which may drive unexpected outcomes. If the credit criteria does not accurately reflect credit risk on the ExtraCash overdrafts, greater than expected losses may result on these ExtraCash receivables and our business, operating results, financial condition and prospects could be materially and adversely affected.
If our settlement of ExtraCash overdrafts is ineffective or unsuccessful, the performance of the overdrafts could be adversely affected.
Our ability to settle ExtraCash overdrafts is dependent on the consumer’s continuing financial stability. Consequently, settlement can be adversely affected by a number of factors, including job loss, divorce, death, illness, or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and debtor relief laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on ExtraCash overdrafts. It is possible that a higher percentage of consumers will seek protection under bankruptcy or debtor relief laws as a result of the current inflationary environment, the possibility of a recession and market volatility. Federal, state, or other restrictions could impair our ability to settle amounts owed and due on ExtraCash overdrafts facilitated through our platform, reduce income received from ExtraCash overdrafts facilitated through our platform, or negatively affect our ability to comply with our current financing arrangements or obtain financing with respect to ExtraCash overdrafts facilitated through our platform.
If we are unable to keep pace with the rapid technological developments in our industry and the larger financial services industry necessary to continue providing our Members with new and innovative products and services, the use of our platform and other products and services could decline.
The financial services industry is subject to rapid and significant technological changes. We cannot predict the effect of technological changes on our business. We expect that new services and technologies applicable to our industry will continue to emerge, and these new services and technologies may be superior to, or render obsolete, the technologies we currently utilize in our products and services. Our future success will depend, in part, on our ability to develop new technologies and adapt to technological changes and evolving industry standards. These initiatives are inherently risky, and they may not be successful or may have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, we may make future investments in, or enter into strategic partnerships to develop new technologies and services or to implement infrastructure to further our strategic objectives, strengthen our existing businesses and remain competitive. However, our ability to transition to new services and technologies that we develop may be inhibited by a lack of industry-wide standards, changes to the regulatory landscape, resistance by consumers to these changes, or by the intellectual property rights of third parties.
20
If the prices we charge for our products and services are unacceptable to our Members, our operating results will be harmed.
We recently changed our ExtraCash pricing model from an optional fee model to a simplified 5% overdraft service fee structure including a $5 minimum and $15 maximum. We also generate revenue by charging Members a fixed monthly rate for membership to our platform and from our Dave Banking Product through interchange and out-of-network ATM fees, as well as from our job portal service through referral fees from partner companies. As the market for our platform matures, as new or existing competitors introduce new products or services that compete with ours or if general inflationary pressures continue, we may experience pricing pressure and be unable to retain current Members and attract new Members at prices that are consistent with our pricing model and operating budget. Our pricing strategy for existing or new products and services, including our recent changes to eliminate optional tips and fees, may prove to be unappealing to our Members, and our competitors could choose to bundle certain products and services to be competitive with ours. If this were to occur, it is possible that we would have to change our pricing strategies or reduce our prices, which could harm our revenue, gross profits, and operating results.
Use of artificial intelligence in our operations and product offerings could result in reputational or competitive harm, legal or regulatory liability and adverse impacts on our results of operations.
We have incorporated, and expect to continue to incorporate in the future, AI solutions into our operations and product offerings. For example our underwriting engine, CashAI, contains models that are built using AI technologies such as machine learning. We also have partnered with a third party vendor to offer DaveGPT, a generative AI chat bot that offers self-service customer inquiry resolution through natural language conversations. The use of AI creates various risks and challenges that could adversely affect our business, financial condition or results of operations. The development and deployment of AI systems involve inherent technical complexities and uncertainties, and our AI systems may encounter unexpected technical difficulties, limitations or errors, including inaccuracies in data processing or flawed algorithms, which could compromise the reliability and effectiveness of our products and services based on AI. In addition, our competitors or other third parties may incorporate AI into their products more quickly or more successfully than us, which could impair our ability to compete effectively.
The use of AI applications, including large language models, may result in cybersecurity incidents that implicate the personal data of end users of such applications. Any such cybersecurity incidents related to our use of AI applications could adversely affect our reputation and results of operations. AI also presents emerging ethical issues, and if our use of AI becomes controversial, we may experience brand or reputational harm, competitive harm, regulatory scrutiny or legal liability.
The introduction of AI technologies into our products and services may result in new or enhanced governmental or regulatory scrutiny, compliance requirements, litigation, confidentiality or security risks, ethical concerns or other complications that could adversely affect our business, reputation or financial results. The regulatory landscape governing AI technologies is evolving rapidly, and changes in laws, regulations or enforcement practices may impose new compliance requirements, restrict certain AI applications or increase our regulatory obligations, which could negatively impact our business and results of operations.
We may not be able to scale our business on a timely basis to meet our Members’ growing needs, and if we are not able to grow efficiently, our operating results could be harmed.
As usage of our platform grows and we add additional strategic partners, we will need to devote additional resources to improving and maintaining our infrastructure and computer network and integrating with third-party applications to maintain the performance of our platform. In addition, we will need to appropriately scale our internal business systems and our services organization, including customer support, risk and compliance operations, and professional services, to serve our growing Member base.
Any failure of or delay in these efforts could result in service interruptions, impaired system performance, and reduced Member satisfaction, which could negatively impact our revenue growth. If sustained or repeated, performance issues could reduce the attractiveness of our platform to Members and could result in lost Member opportunities, which could hurt our revenue growth, Member loyalty, and our reputation. Even if we are successful in these efforts to scale our business, they will be expensive and complex, and require the dedication of significant management time and attention.
21
We could also face inefficiencies or service disruptions as a result of our efforts to scale our internal infrastructure. We cannot be sure that the expansion and improvements to our internal infrastructure will be effectively implemented on a timely basis, if at all, and such failures could adversely affect our business, operating results, and financial condition.
We currently rely on a single bank partner, and if our present or any future key banking relationships are terminated and we are not able to secure or successfully migrate client portfolios to a new bank partner or partners, or our bank partner becomes subject to regulatory restrictions or other operational disruptions, our business would be adversely affected.
We currently rely on agreements with Evolve Bank & Trust (“Evolve”), our only bank partner, to provide ExtraCash and other deposit accounts, debit card services and other transaction services to us and our Members. In June 2024, Evolve became subject to a consent order issued by its primary regulator, the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System (“Federal Reserve Board”), that imposes restrictions on Evolve’s operations and risk management practices. The recent bankruptcy of Synapse Financial Technologies, Inc. (“Synapse”), also affected the ability of customers of financial technology companies that used Synapse as a service provider to access funds placed at Synapse’s partner banks, including Evolve, for a number of months. We recently announced that we have entered into a Program Agreement with Coastal Community Bank to become a sponsor for our banking and ExtraCash products. Our Members will begin onboarding to Coastal Community Bank as soon as Q2 2025.
These agreements and corresponding regulations and supervisory expectations governing banks and financial institutions may give Evolve or Coastal Community Bank substantial discretion in approving certain aspects of our business practices, including our application and qualification procedures for Members and require us to comply with certain legal requirements. Our current or future bank partner’s discretionary actions or interpretations of our obligations under these agreements could impose material limitations to, or have a material adverse effect on, our business, financial condition and results of operations. In addition, any disruptions or restrictions on our bank partner’s operations could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. For example, in May 2024, Evolve experienced a cybersecurity incident that resulted in the leak of certain customer information, including the information of some of our Members.
If our relationship with our bank partner is terminated or if our bank partner is unable to provide the necessary services to us, we would need to find another financial institution to provide those services, which could be difficult and expensive. Transitioning Members’ accounts from one bank partner to another, including the anticipated transition from Evolve to Coastal Community Bank, raises the risk of financial losses as a result of operational errors, including but not limited to, loss or disclosure of Member data and records, software defects, service disruption, employee misconduct, security breaches, or other similar actions or errors as well as from disputes or negotiations with an existing or prospective bank partner. Transitioning Members’ accounts from one bank partner to another also entails risk of disruption to our business from differences in the manner in which the new bank partner provides products and services to Members, including the new bank partner’s credit underwriting, regulatory compliance practices, and customer service practices and difficulties operating with more than one bank partner during any transition. The occurrence of any such events or any such changes in our bank partner’s practices could cause financial losses to our business and our Members, loss of trust, damage to our reputation, or termination of our agreements with strategic partners, each of which could result in loss of Members; loss or delayed market acceptance and sales of our products or services; legal claims against us, including from our existing or prospective bank partner; regulatory enforcement action; or diversion of resources, including through increased service expenses or financial concessions and increased insurance costs. If we are unable to find a replacement financial institution to provide the services we receive from our bank partner, we would not be able to offer ExtraCash, service our deposit accounts, debit cards and other services, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, our financial results could be adversely affected if our costs associated with using our bank partner materially change or if any penalty or claim for damages is imposed as a result of our breach of our agreements with our bank partner.
If we fail to comply with the applicable requirements relating to deposit insurance, our Members could be harmed in the event of a failure of our bank partner and we could be subject to enforcement actions, claims from third
22
parties, including our Members, and suffer economic and reputational harm that could have an adverse effect on our business.
Our Members benefit from deposit insurance with respect to funds that we place on their behalf at our bank partner —or that our bank partner places with other banks through reciprocal deposit arrangements—in accordance with FDIC pass-through deposit insurance requirements, which apply to funds placed and held at an FDIC-insured bank through a third party. Under the pass-through insurance rules, funds owned by a principal or principals and deposited into one or more deposit accounts at an insured bank in the name of an agent, custodian or nominee, can be insured to the same extent as if the funds were deposited in the name of the principal or principals. For purposes of determining pass-through deposit insurance coverage at the time an insured bank fails, the FDIC may rely on records of those other than a failed insured bank to identify depositors and their insured deposits if such records are maintained in good faith and in the regular course of business, the deposited funds are in fact owned by the principal and not by the third party who set up the deposit account, and the insured bank’s account records and account titling indicate the agency or custodial nature of the account. If the regulatory pass-through insurance requirements are satisfied, each of our Members’ interest in deposits that we place on their behalf at our partner bank is separately insured up to the statutory deposit insurance limit, currently $250,000 for deposits held in each deposit ownership category. If the pass-through insurance requirements are not satisfied due to operational failures by us or a third-party service provider, including our partner bank, there would be less deposit insurance coverage with respect to funds that we place on behalf of our Members at our partner bank; our Members could be harmed in the event of a failure of our bank partner; and we could be subject to enforcement actions, claims from third parties, including our consumers, and suffer economic harm that could have an adverse effect on our business. Further, negative publicity arising our Members not benefiting from pass-through deposit insurance in the event of a failure of our partner bank could be damaging to our reputation and may adversely impact use of our products and services, including our platform, and adversely affect our ability to attract new Members and business partners.
On October 2, 2024, the FDIC announced and published a proposed rulemaking that, if adopted, would increase requirements for certain custodial deposit accounts at insured banks, including requirements related to recordkeeping, internal controls, policies and procedures, as well as a requirement that the depository bank conduct daily reconciliations against the beneficial ownership records of the custodial deposit accounts. If the proposed rulemaking or a similar rulemaking is adopted, it may increase the operational costs and difficulty in placing our Member’s funds at our partner bank and could result in operating difficulties, liabilities and expenses that harm our business.
If we fail to comply with the applicable requirements of our third-party providers, they could seek to suspend or terminate our accounts, which could adversely affect our business.
We rely on agreements with third-party providers to provide services to our Members. These agreements and corresponding regulations governing banks and financial institutions may give them substantial discretion in approving certain aspects of our business practices, including our application and qualification procedures for Members, and require us to comply with certain legal requirements. Our third-party providers’ discretionary actions under these agreements could impose material limitations, or have a material adverse effect, on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Without these relationships, we may not be able to offer certain services, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Furthermore, our financial results could be adversely affected if our costs associated with such relationships materially change or if any penalty or claim for damages is imposed as a result of our breach of the agreement with them or their other requirements.
Our third-party vendor relationships subject us to a variety of risks, and the failure of third parties to comply with legal or regulatory requirements or to provide various services could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects.
We have significant third-party vendors that, among other things, provide us with financial, technology, and other services to support our products and other activities, including, for example, data providers, cloud-based data storage and other IT solutions, and payment processing. Institutions may be held responsible for the actions of the companies with which they contract. Accordingly, we could be adversely impacted to the extent our third-party vendors fail to comply with legal requirements applicable to the particular products or services being offered.
23
In some cases, third-party vendors are the sole source, or one of a limited number of sources, of the services they provide to us. For example, we are solely reliant on our agreement with our cloud computing web services provider for the provision of cloud infrastructure services to support our platform. In addition, we rely on a single third-party vendor to provide a number of issuing and processing services across several of our products.
If some or all of our current third-party vendors were to terminate their agreements with us or otherwise stop providing services to us on acceptable terms, we may be unable to procure alternatives from other vendors in a timely and efficient manner and on acceptable terms (or at all). If any third-party vendor fails to provide the services we require, fails to meet contractual requirements (including compliance with applicable laws and regulations), fails to maintain adequate data privacy controls and electronic security systems, or suffers a cyber-attack or other security breach, we could be subject to federal and state regulatory enforcement actions, claims from third parties, including our consumers, and suffer economic and reputational harm that could have an adverse effect on our business. Further, we may incur significant costs to resolve any such disruptions in service, which could adversely affect our business.
We depend upon several third-party service providers to process our transactions and provide other important services for our business. If any of our agreements with our service providers are terminated or if we experience any interruption or delay in the services provided by our third-party service providers, delivery of our products and services could be impaired or suspended and our business could suffer.
Our business involves processing of large numbers of transactions and management of the data necessary to do so. Our success depends upon the efficient and error-free handling of the money that is collected, remitted or deposited in connection with the provision of our products and services. We rely on the ability of our vendors and third-parties to process and facilitate these transactions, including ACH processing (as we are not a bank), and debit card payment processing, in an efficient, uninterrupted and error-free manner. We also rely on third-party service providers to perform various functions relating to our business, including software development, marketing, operational functions, fraud detection, cloud infrastructure services, information technology, data analysis, and, because we are not a bank and cannot belong or directly access the ACH payment network, ACH processing, and debit card payment processing.
While we oversee these service providers to help ensure they provide services in accordance with our agreements and regulatory requirements, we do not have control over the operations of any of our third-party service providers. In the event that a third-party service provider fails to perform for any reason, including negligence, willful misconduct or fraud, fire, natural disaster, power loss, telecommunication failures, software and hardware defects, terrorist attacks and similar events, our ability to process payments and perform other operational functions for which we currently rely on such third-party service providers will suffer and our business, cash flows and future prospects may be negatively impacted. For example, the recent bankruptcy of Synapse has affected the ability of customers of financial technology companies that used Synapse as a service provider to access funds placed at Synapse’s partner banks, including Evolve, for a number of months. While we were not directly affected by the bankruptcy of Synapse, the occurrence of similar failures by certain of our service providers could similarly cause financial losses to our business and our Members, loss of trust, damage to our reputation, or termination of our agreements with strategic partners, each of which could result in loss of Members; loss or delayed market acceptance and sales of our products or services; legal claims against us; regulatory enforcement action; or diversion of resources, including through increased service expenses or financial concessions and increased insurance costs. In addition, certain federal and state regulators have cited Synapse’s bankruptcy in connection with proposed regulatory initiatives. These initiatives, or similar actions by federal and state regulators, may increase compliance costs associated with our business or impact our relationships with our current partner bank or any future partner bank, limit our ability to offer our Members deposit accounts through “for-benefit-of” arrangements with our partner bank, or restrict the availability or marketing of pass-through deposit insurance for such accounts, which could adversely impact use of our products and services, including our platform, and adversely affect our ability to attract new Members and business partners.
We use both internally developed and third-party systems, including cloud computing and storage systems, for our services and certain aspects of transaction processing.
24
Any damage to, or failure of, third party computer network systems or data centers generally, or those of our vendors (including as a result of disruptions at our third-party data center hosting facilities and cloud providers), or an improper action by our employees, agents or third-party vendors, could result in interruptions in our services, causing Members and other partners to become dissatisfied with our products and services or subject us to potential financial losses. Sustained or repeated system failures could reduce the attractiveness of our products and services, and result in Member attrition, thereby reducing operating revenue and harming our results of operations. Further, negative publicity arising from these types of disruptions could be damaging to our reputation and may adversely impact use of our products and services, including our platform, and adversely affect our ability to attract new Members and business partners.
Our recent rapid growth, including growth in our volume of payments, may not be indicative of our future growth, and if we continue to grow rapidly, we may not be able to manage our growth effectively. Our rapid growth also makes it difficult to evaluate our future prospects and may increase the risk that we will not continue to be successful.
Our operating revenues increased from $259.1 million in 2023 to $347.1 million in 2024. Although we have recently experienced significant growth in our revenue and transaction volume, even if our revenue continues to increase, we expect our growth rate will decline in the future as a result of a variety of factors, including the increasing scale of our business. Overall growth of our revenue depends on a number of factors, including our ability to:
We may not successfully accomplish any of these objectives, which makes it difficult for us to forecast our future operating results. If the assumptions that we use to plan our business are incorrect or change in reaction to changes in our market, or if we are unable to maintain consistent revenue or revenue growth, it may be difficult to achieve and maintain profitability. You should not rely on our revenue from any prior quarterly or annual periods as any indication of our future revenue or revenue or payment growth.
In addition, we expect to invest substantial financial and other resources on:
These investments may not result in increased revenue growth in our business. If we are unable to increase our revenue at a rate sufficient to offset the expected increase in our costs, or if we encounter difficulties in managing a growing volume of payments, our business, financial position and operating results will be adversely affected, and we may not be able to achieve or maintain profitability over the long term.
25
If we are unable to acquire new Members and retain our current Members or sell additional functionality and services to them, our revenue growth will be adversely affected.
To increase our revenue, in addition to acquiring new Members, we must continue to retain existing Members and expand their use of our platform by increasing the number of Members and incentivizing them to pay for additional functionality. Our ability to retain our Members and increase their usage could be impaired for a variety of reasons, including Member reaction to changes in the pricing of our products or the other risks described in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. As a result, we may be unable to retain existing Members or increase their usage of our platform, which would have an adverse effect on our business, revenue, gross margins, and other operating results, and accordingly, on the trading price of our common stock.
Our ability to sell additional functionality to our existing Members may require more sophisticated and costly sales efforts. Similarly, the rate at which our Members purchase additional products from us depends on several factors, including general economic conditions, such as fluctuating interest rates and inflation, and the pricing of additional product functionality. If our efforts to sell additional functionality to our Members are not successful, our business and growth prospects would suffer.
Our Member subscriptions are open-ended arrangements that can be terminated by the Member without penalty at any time. For us to maintain or improve our operating results, it is important that our Members continue to maintain their subscriptions on the same or more favorable terms. We cannot accurately predict renewal or expansion rates given the diversity of our Member base in terms of size, industry, and geography. Our renewal and expansion rates may decline or fluctuate as a result of several factors, including Member spending levels, Member satisfaction with our platform, decreases in the number of Members, pricing changes, competitive conditions, the acquisition of our Members by other companies, and general economic conditions. If our Members do not renew their subscriptions, or if they reduce their usage of our platform, our revenue and other operating results will decline and our business will be adversely affected. If our renewal or expansion rates fall significantly below the expectations of the public market, securities analysts, or investors, the trading price of our common stock would likely decline.
If we fail to offer high-quality customer support, or if our support is more expensive than anticipated, our business and reputation could suffer.
Our Members depend on our customer support services to resolve issues and fully benefit from our platform. High-quality support is essential for attracting new Members and retaining existing ones. We primarily offer customer support via chat, phone, and email. If we do not help our Members quickly resolve issues and provide effective ongoing support, or if our support personnel or methods fail to meet our Members' needs, our ability to retain Members, boost adoption among current Members, and acquire new ones could be compromised and may also harm our reputation with both existing and potential Members. If we are unable to meet our Members' customer support needs through chat, phone, and email during our current support hours, we may need to expand our support coverage, invest in new customer support methods, and provide additional live customer assistance, which could adversely impact our results of operations and profitability.
We may require additional capital to support the growth of our business, and this capital may not be available on acceptable terms, if at all.
We have funded our operations since inception primarily through cash receipts from services and transaction based revenues, equity financings, borrowings under the Debt Facility, issuances of convertible notes and funds received as a result of the business combination. We cannot be certain when or if our operations will generate sufficient cash to fully fund our ongoing operations or the growth of our business. We intend to continue to make investments to support our business, which may require us to engage in equity or debt financings to secure additional funds.
26
We expect to have sufficient capital to fund our planned operations for the next 12 months. We may need to raise additional funds through the issuance of equity, equity related or debt securities, or through obtaining credit from government, financial institutions or other lenders. We cannot be certain that additional funds will be available to us on favorable terms when required, or at all. If we cannot raise additional funds when we need them, our financial condition, results of operations, business and prospects could be materially adversely affected.
Fraudulent and other illegal activity involving our products and services could lead to reputational damage to us, cause us to incur financial losses, reduce the use of our platform and services and may adversely affect our financial position and results of operations.
Criminals are using increasingly sophisticated methods to engage in illegal activities using ExtraCash or deposit account products or Member information. Illegal activities involving products and services like ours often include malicious social engineering schemes, fraudulent payment or refund schemes, fabricated identities, account takeovers, identity theft and other fraudulent schemes. We rely upon third parties for transaction processing services, which subjects us and our Members to risks related to the vulnerabilities of those third parties. A single significant incident of fraud, or increases in the overall level of fraud, involving our products and services, have in the past and could in the future, result in operational losses and reputational damage to us. Such damage could reduce the use and acceptance of our products and services, cause our banking and strategic partners to cease doing business with us, or lead to greater regulation that would increase our compliance costs. Fraudulent activity could also result in the imposition of regulatory sanctions, including significant monetary fines, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition. For example, in December 2024, the CFPB sued JPMorgan Chase, Bank of America, and Wells Fargo for failing to implement anti-fraud measures pertaining to their accountholders’ use of the third party peer-to-peer payment platform, Zelle. The CFPB complaint alleges that failing to investigate notices of unauthorized and incorrect transfers could result in risk under the Electronic Funds Transfer Act and Regulation E.
To address the challenges we face with respect to fraudulent activity of the nature outlined above and other fraudulent activities, we have implemented risk control mechanisms that have made it more difficult for all Members, including legitimate Members, to obtain and use our Dave Banking Product. We believe it is likely that our risk control mechanisms may continue to adversely affect the growth of our Dave Banking Product for the foreseeable future and, as a result, negatively impact our operating revenues.
If the information provided to us by potential Members or other third parties is incorrect or fraudulent, we may misjudge a Member’s qualifications to receive our products and services and our results of operations may be harmed and could subject us to regulatory scrutiny or penalties.
Our decisions to provide many of our products and services to Members are based partly on information that they provide to us or authorize us to receive. To the extent that these Members or third parties provide information to us in a manner that we are unable to verify, our decision-making process may not accurately reflect the associated risk. In addition, data provided by third-party sources is a component of our credit decision making and this data may contain inaccuracies. This may result in the inability to either approve otherwise qualified applicants or rejected otherwise unqualified applicants through our platform or accurately analyze credit data, which may adversely impact our business and negatively impact our reputation.
In addition, there is risk of fraudulent activity associated with our business, including in connection with service providers and other third parties who handle Member information on our behalf. We use identity and fraud prevention tools to analyze data provided by external databases to authenticate the identity of each applicant that signs up for our products and services, including the products and services provided by our bank partners, however, these checks have failed from time to time and may again fail in the future, and fraud, which can be significant, has and may continue to occur. The level of fraud-related charge-offs on the products and services facilitated through our platform could be adversely affected if fraudulent activity were to significantly increase. We may not be able to recoup funds associated with our products and services made in connection with inaccurate statements, omissions of fact or fraud, in which case our revenue, results of operations and profitability will be harmed. High profile fraudulent activity or significant increases in fraudulent activity could also lead to regulatory intervention, negative publicity and the erosion of trust from our Members, which could negatively impact our results of operations, brand and reputation, and require us to take steps to reduce fraud risk, which could increase our costs.
27
We are exposed to losses from Dave banking Member accounts.
Fraudulent activity involving Dave banking accounts may lead to fraudulent or baseless Member disputed transactions, for which Evolve as the card issuer, and we, under our agreement with Evolve, are liable under banking regulations such as the EFTA and its implementing Regulation E, or under the rules set by the payment processing networks through which the card was issued, such as Visa or Mastercard. Our fraud detection and risk control mechanisms may not prevent all fraudulent or illegal activity, and the regulations and payment network rules may become more onerous, causing additional losses for us. To the extent we incur losses from disputed transactions, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected. Additionally, our Members can incur charges in excess of the funds available in their accounts, and we may become liable for these overdrafts. While we decline authorization attempts for amounts that exceed the available balance in a Member’s account, the application of payment network rules and the timing of the settlement of transactions, among other things, can result in overdrawn accounts.
In the Dave Checking account we may also be subject to overdraft exposure arising primarily from late-posting. A late-post occurs when a merchant posts a transaction within a payment network-permitted timeframe, but subsequent to our release of the authorization for that transaction, as permitted by payment network rules. Under payment network rules, we may be liable for the transaction amount even if the Member has made additional purchases in the intervening period and funds are no longer available in the Member’s account at the time the transaction is posted.
Laws and regulation governing overdrafts continues to evolve and may change. For example, on December 12, 2024, the CFPB proposed regulations that would impose additional obligations and restrict fees on overdraft accounts provided by certain financial institutions. If this proposal or other changes to the laws and regulations governing overdrafts are enacted, our business could be adversely affected.
We receive funds from, and transfer funds to, our Members daily, which in the aggregate comprise substantial sums, and are subject to the risk of errors, which could result in financial losses, damage to our reputation, or loss of trust in our brand, which would harm our business and financial results.
Our business is subject to the risk of financial losses as a result of operational errors, software defects, service disruption, employee misconduct, security breaches, or other similar actions or errors on our platform. Software errors in our platform and operational errors by our employees may also expose us to losses.
Moreover, our trustworthiness and reputation are fundamental to our business. The occurrence of any operational errors, software defects, service disruption, employee misconduct, security breaches, or other similar actions or errors on our platform could result in financial losses to our business and our Members, loss of trust, damage to our reputation, or termination of our agreements with strategic partners, each of which could result in:
There can be no assurance that our insurance will cover losses or our coverage will be sufficient to cover our losses. If we suffer significant losses or reputational harm as a result, our business, operating results, and financial condition could be adversely affected.
28
Real or perceived software errors, failures, bugs, defects, or outages could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects.
Our platform and systems rely on software that is highly technical and complex. In addition, our platform and systems depend on the ability of such software to store, retrieve, process, and manage immense amounts of data. As a result, undetected errors, failures, bugs, or defects may be present in such software or occur in the future in such software, including open source software and software we license from third parties, especially when updates or new products or services are released.
Any real or perceived errors, failures, bugs, or defects in the software may not be found until our Members use our platform and could result in outages or degraded quality of service on our platform that could adversely impact our business, as well as cause negative publicity, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our products and services, and harm to our brand or weakening of our competitive position. In such an event, we may be required, or may choose, to expend significant additional resources in order to correct the problem. Any real or perceived errors, failures, bugs, or defects in the software we rely on could also subject us to liability claims, impair our ability to attract new Members, retain existing Members, or expand their use of our products and services, which would adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects.
Cyberattacks and other security breaches or disruptions suffered by us or third parties upon which we rely could have a materially adverse effect on our business, harm our reputation and expose us to public scrutiny and liability.
In the normal course of business, we collect, process, use and retain sensitive and confidential information regarding our Members and prospective Members, including data provided by and related to Members and their transactions, as well as other data of the counterparties to their payments. We also have arrangements in place with certain third-party service providers with which we share consumer information for servicing purposes. Information security risks in the financial services industry continue to increase generally, in part because of new technologies, the use of the Internet and telecommunications technologies (including mobile devices) to conduct financial and other business transactions and the increased sophistication and activities of organized criminals, perpetrators of fraud, hackers, terrorists and other malicious third parties. In addition to cyberattacks and other security breaches involving the theft of sensitive and confidential information, hackers, terrorists, sophisticated nation-state and nation-state supported actors and other malicious third parties recently have engaged in attacks that are designed to disrupt key business services, such as consumer-facing applications and websites.
These cybersecurity challenges, including threats to our own IT infrastructure or that of our third-party providers, may take a variety of forms ranging from stolen bank accounts, email compromise, user fraud, account takeover, check fraud and cybersecurity attacks (including ransomware, unauthorized encryption, denial-of-service attacks, social engineering, unauthorized access, spam and other attacks) to “mega breaches” targeted against cloud-based services and other hosted software, which could be initiated by individual or groups of hackers or sophisticated cyber criminals. A cybersecurity incident or breach could result in disclosure of confidential information or intellectual property, or cause service interruptions and compromised data. The techniques used to obtain unauthorized access to or sabotage systems they change frequently and often are not detected until after an incident has occurred, so we may be unable to anticipate or prevent techniques used in the future. Our information technology and infrastructure, as well as those of our third-party service providers, have experienced breaches and may be subject or vulnerable in the future to breaches or attacks. For example, a third-party breach at our bank partner, Evolve, resulted in improper disclosure of certain of certain of our Members’ information, including their names, Social Security numbers, partner bank account numbers, date of birth, and contact information. Any future improper disclosure of our own confidential business information or the information of our Members could materially and adversely affect our business.
A core aspect of our business is the reliability and security of our platform. Any perceived or actual breach of security, regardless of how it occurs or the extent of the breach, could have a significant impact on our reputation as a trusted brand, cause us to lose existing partners or Members, prevent us from obtaining new partners and Members, require us to expend significant funds to remedy problems caused by breaches and implement measures to prevent further breaches, and expose us to legal risk and potential liability including from governmental or regulatory investigations, class action litigation and other lawsuits.
29
If sensitive information is lost or improperly disclosed through a data breach or otherwise or threatened to be disclosed, our partners and Members could lose confidence in the security of our systems, products and services, we could have difficulty obtaining new partners and Members, we could incur significant costs to remedy breaches and implement measures to prevent further breaches, and we could be exposed to legal risk and potential liability and penalties, including from governmental or regulatory investigations, class action litigation and other lawsuits, all of which could adversely affect our reputation and our operating results. Any actual or perceived security breach at a company providing services to us or our Members could have similar effects.
Most jurisdictions have enacted laws requiring companies to notify individuals, regulatory authorities and others of security breaches involving certain types of data. In addition, our agreements with certain partners and service providers may require us to notify them in the event of certain types of security breaches. Such disclosures are costly, could lead to negative publicity, may cause our Members to lose confidence in the effectiveness of our security measures and require us to expend significant capital and other resources to respond to and/or alleviate problems caused by the actual or perceived security breach. A security breach of any of our vendors that processes personally identifiable information of our Members may pose similar risks.
In May 2020, an unauthorized third party attempted to gain access to Dave Member accounts and was able to access Member profiles and Members’ partial or incomplete bank account information. We did not uncover any evidence that the attacker was able to take any actions with respect to the data other than gaining read access to it, nor do we believe any unauthorized transactions were made or ExtraCash overdrafts requested on our platform. We provided notice to relevant parties as required under applicable law and agreements and took steps to set up alerts to detect abnormal request volumes and introduced rate limiting at the IP address level. In addition, in June 2020, we were notified of an unauthorized third-party breach of our Dave database. The third party was able to gain access to Dave’s system by breaching the system of one of Dave’s third-party service providers. The attacker was able to download a large data set, including encrypted social security numbers for some Members; however, there was no evidence that unauthorized transactions were made or ExtraCash overdrafts requested on our platform, nor do we believe that the third party gained access to decryption keys or otherwise was able to decrypt the encrypted information. The May 2020 and June 2020 incidents are collectively referred to herein as the “2020 Incidents.” We took remedial measures, including the engagement of an outside security consultant to monitor for ongoing dark web activity and to conduct a security audit and incident investigation, and notified relevant parties as required under applicable law and agreements. As a result of the 2020 Incidents, we settled a purported class action in California for approximately $3.1 million and we settled individual claims outside of California for approximately $4.4 million. In addition, in 2024, our bank partner, Evolve, experienced a data breach that resulted in improper disclosure of certain of our Members’ information, including their names, Social Security numbers, partner bank account numbers, date of birth, and contact information. As we have increased our Member base and our brand has become more widely known and recognized, third parties may continue to seek to compromise our security controls or gain unauthorized access to our sensitive corporate information or our Members’ data.
If our banking partner or other strategic partners were to conclude that our systems and security policies and procedures are insufficiently rigorous, they could terminate their relationships with us, and our financial results and business could be adversely affected. Under our terms of service and our contracts with strategic partners, if there is a breach of non-public personal information of our Members that we store, we could be liable to the partner for their losses and related expenses.
Additionally, as computer malware, viruses, and computer hacking, fraudulent use attempts, and phishing attacks have become more prevalent, we, and third parties upon which we rely, face increased risk in maintaining the performance, reliability, security, and availability of our solutions and related services and technical infrastructure to the satisfaction of our Members. Any computer malware, viruses, computer hacking, fraudulent use attempts, phishing attacks, or other data security breaches related to our network infrastructure or information technology systems or to computer hardware we lease from third parties, could, among other things, harm our reputation and our ability to retain existing Members and attract new Members.
Our insurance may be insufficient or may not cover all liabilities incurred by cybersecurity incidents. We also cannot be certain that our insurance coverage will be adequate for data handling or data security liabilities actually incurred, that insurance will continue to be available to us on economically reasonable terms, or at all, or that any insurer will not deny coverage as to any future claim.
30
The successful assertion of one or more large claims against us that exceed available insurance coverage, or the occurrence of changes in our insurance policies, including premium increases or the imposition of large deductible or co-insurance requirements, could have a material adverse effect on our business, including our financial condition, operating results, and reputation.
We strive to deliver simple, transparent, and fair financial products, which may conflict with the short-term interests of our stockholders.
Our core principle, and the foundation on which we have built our company, is to deliver simple, transparent, and fair financial products. Therefore, we have made in the past, and may make in the future, decisions that we believe will benefit our Members and therefore provide long-term benefits for our business, even if our decision negatively impacts our short-term results of operations. For example, on February 20, 2025, we announced the completion of changes to our optional fee revenue model (tips and instant transfer fees) for ExtraCash. The optional fee model was replaced with a simplified 5% overdraft service fee structure including a $5 minimum and $15 maximum, starting with new customers in December 2024, and completely transitioned to existing customers as of February 19, 2025. Our decisions may negatively impact our short-term financial results or not provide the long-term benefits that we expect, in which case the success of our business and results of operations could be harmed.
Changes in debit interchange rates could adversely affect our business, financial position and results of operations.
We expect interchange revenues from fees charged to merchants by card networks for processing a debit or credit payment to represent a significant percentage of our total operating revenues as adoption of our Dave Banking Product increases. The amount of interchange revenues that we earn is highly dependent on the interchange rates that the payment networks set and adjust from time to time.
The enactment of the Dodd-Frank Act required the Federal Reserve Board to implement regulations that have substantially limited interchange fees for many debit card issuers. While the interchange rates that may be earned by us are exempt from the limitations imposed by the Dodd-Frank Act, there can be no assurance that future regulation or changes by the payment networks will not impact our interchange revenues substantially. If interchange rates decline, whether due to actions by the payment networks or future regulation, we would likely need to change our fee structure to offset the loss of interchange revenues. To the extent we change the pricing of our Dave Banking Product, we might find it more difficult to acquire new Members, to maintain or grow Dave banking debit card usage and to retain existing Members. As a result, our total operating revenues, operating results, prospects for future growth and overall business could be materially and adversely affected.
Dave has historically incurred losses in the operation of its business. Although we have recently achieved profitability, there is no guarantee that we will sustain profitability.
Since incorporation in October 2015, we have been engaged in growth activities related to building our business, which requires substantial capital and other expenditures. We have incurred net losses in previous fiscal years, and although we have recently achieved profitability, there is no guarantee that we will sustain profitability, and we may incur losses again in the future. We expect our cash needs to increase significantly for the next several years as we:
As a result of these continuing costs and expenses, we need to generate significant revenues to attain and maintain profitability and positive cash flow. To date, our operations have been supported by primarily through cash receipts from services and transaction based revenues, equity financings, borrowings under the Debt Facility, issuances of convertible notes and funds received as a result of the business combination.
31
If we do not continue to increase our revenues, our business, results of operations and financial condition could be materially and adversely affected.
Fluctuations in market interest rates have had and could continue to have an adverse effect on our business.
In March 2022, in response to inflationary conditions, the U.S. Federal Reserve began raising the federal funds interest rate and continued to do so through July 2023, with the federal funds interest rate remaining elevated compared to March 2022 rates as of February 2025. Elevated interest rates have had, and may continue to have, an adverse impact on the spending levels of consumers and their ability and willingness to borrow money. Higher interest rates often lead to higher payment obligations, which may reduce the ability of consumers to remain current on their obligations and, therefore, lead to increased delinquencies, defaults, consumer bankruptcies and charge-offs, and decreasing recoveries, all of which could have an adverse effect on our business.
Our operating results may fluctuate in the future.
Our quarterly and annual results of operations may fluctuate in the future, which may adversely affect our stock price. Fluctuations in our quarterly or annual results of operations might result from a number of factors, many of which are outside of our control, including, but not limited to:
32
Negative publicity about us or our industry could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects.
Negative publicity about us or our industry, even if inaccurate, could adversely affect our reputation and the confidence in, and use of our platform, potentially harming our reputation and causing disruptions to our platform. Such negative publicity could involve the: transparency, fairness, our Members’ experience, quality, and reliability of our platform or consumer fintech platforms in general, the effectiveness of our risk models, our ability to effectively manage and resolve complaints, our privacy and security practices, litigation, regulatory activity, misconduct by our employees, funding sources, bank partners and structure of our bank partner products, service providers, or others in our industry, the experience of consumers with our platform or services. Any such reputational harm could further affect the behavior of consumers, including their willingness to use ExtraCash, deposit accounts, and other products and services facilitated through our platform. As a result, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects would be materially and adversely affected.
If we cannot maintain our company culture as we grow, our success and our business may be harmed.
We believe our culture has been a key contributor to our success to date and that the nature of the platform that we provide promotes a sense of greater purpose and fulfillment in our employees. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our ability to retain and recruit personnel, which is critical to our growth, and to effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives. As we grow and develop the infrastructure of a public company, we may find it difficult to maintain these important aspects of our culture. If we fail to maintain our company culture, our business and competitive position may be adversely affected.
If we lose key personnel, or if we are unable to attract and retain executives and employees we need to support our operations and growth, our business may be harmed.
Our success and future growth depend upon the continued services of our management team and other key employees who are critical to our overall management, as well as the continued development of our products, strategic partnerships, our culture and our strategic direction. We currently do not have “key person” insurance on any of our employees. The loss of one or more of our senior management team members or other key employees could disrupt or harm our business, and we may not be able to find adequate replacements. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to retain the services of any members of our senior management or other key employees or that we would be able to timely replace members of our senior management or other key employees should any of them depart.
Misconduct and errors by our employees, contractors and third-party service providers could harm our business and reputation.
We are exposed to many types of operational risk, including the risk of misconduct and errors by our employees, contractors and third-party service providers. Our business depends on our employees, contractors and third-party service providers to facilitate the operation of our business and process a large number of increasingly complex transactions, and if any of our employees, contractors or third-party service providers provide unsatisfactory service or take, convert or misuse funds, documents or data (including Member and/or internal documents or data), make an error, or fail to follow protocol (including when interacting with Members), we could lose Members, harm our reputation, be liable for damages, be subject to repurchase obligations and be subject to complaints, regulatory actions and penalties.
While we have internal procedures and oversight functions designed to protect us against these risks, if any of the foregoing nonetheless were to occur, we also could be perceived to have facilitated or participated in the illegal misappropriation of funds, documents or data, or the failure to follow protocol, and therefore be subject to civil or criminal liability.
Additionally, our use of third-party vendors is subject to increasingly demanding regulatory requirements and oversight by our regulators. Regulations require us to perform due diligence and ongoing monitoring of, and exercise certain controls over, our third-party vendors and other ongoing third-party business relationships.
33
We expect that our regulators will hold us responsible for deficiencies in our oversight and control of our third-party relationships and in the performance of the parties with which we have these relationships.
Any of these occurrences could result in our diminished ability to operate our business, potential liability to Members, inability to attract future Members, reputational damage, regulatory intervention, enforcement action and financial harm, which could negatively impact our business, financial condition and results of operations.
We have limited operating history and experience in managing a public company, and face significant challenges as a new entrant in our industry.
Legacy Dave was incorporated in October 2015, and we have a relatively short operating history in the financial services industry, which is continuously evolving. We have limited experience to date in building consumer financial services technology. We cannot provide assurance that we will be able to develop products and services on our platform that will enable us to meet quality, price and engineering standards, as well as comply with any regulatory standards we may be subject to. Our business and prospects should be considered in light of the risks and significant challenges we face as a new entrant in our industry, including, among other things, with respect to our ability to:
If we fail to address any or all of these risks and challenges, our business may be materially and adversely affected.
Furthermore, many of our senior management team have limited experience in managing a publicly-traded company. Their limited experience with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies could be a significant disadvantage and an increasing amount of their time may be devoted to these activities, which will result in less time being devoted to the management and growth of the company’s operations. We may not have adequate personnel with the appropriate level of knowledge, experience and training in accounting policies, compliance practices or internal controls required of public companies. The development and implementation of the standards and controls and the hiring of experienced personnel necessary to achieve the level of accounting standards required of a public company may require expenditures greater than expected, and a delay could impact our ability to accurately and timely report our operating results, timely file required reports with the SEC and comply with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (the “Sarbanes-Oxley Act”). We have expanded our employee base to support our operations as a public company and it is possible that additional employees may need to be hired, which will increase our operating costs in future periods.
34
Dave identified material weaknesses in its internal control over financial reporting in its financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022. If Dave identifies additional material weaknesses in the future or otherwise fails to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting, it may not be able to accurately or timely report its financial condition or results of operations, which may adversely affect Dave’s business and share price.
In connection with the preparation and audits of our consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2022, material weaknesses were identified in our internal control over financial reporting. A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of its annual or interim consolidated financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.
Our remediation plans are described in Item 9A of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
We cannot provide assurance that the measures we have taken to date and may take in the future will prevent or avoid potential future material weaknesses. The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting is subject to various inherent limitations, including cost limitations, judgments used in decision making, assumptions about the likelihood of future events, the possibility of human error and the risk of fraud. If we are unable to remediate the material weaknesses or identify additional material weakness in the future, our ability to record, process and report financial information accurately, and to prepare financial statements within the time periods required by the SEC, could be adversely affected which, in turn, may adversely affect our reputation and business and the market price of the Company’s Class A Common Stock. In addition, any such failures could result in litigation or regulatory actions by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, loss of investor confidence, delisting of our securities and harm to our reputation and financial condition, or diversion of financial and management resources from the operation of our business.
If we fail to adequately protect our proprietary rights, our competitive position could be impaired and we may lose valuable assets, generate less revenue and incur costly litigation to protect our rights.
Our success is dependent, in part, upon protecting our proprietary technology and rights. We rely on a combination of copyrights, trademarks, trade secret laws, and contractual provisions to establish and protect our proprietary rights. However, the steps we take to protect our intellectual property may be inadequate. Any of our trademarks or other intellectual property rights may be challenged or circumvented by others or invalidated through administrative process or litigation. Despite our precautions, it may be possible for unauthorized third parties to copy our products and use information that we regard as proprietary to create products and services that compete with ours.
No assurance can be given that the contractual agreements we enter into to establish and protect our proprietary rights will be effective in controlling access to and distribution of our products and proprietary information. Further, these agreements do not prevent our competitors or partners from independently developing technologies that are substantially equivalent or superior to our platform.
We use open source software in our products, which could subject us to litigation or other actions.
We use open source software in our products. From time to time, there have been claims challenging the ownership of open source software against companies that incorporate it into their products. As a result, we could be subject to lawsuits by parties claiming ownership of what we believe to be open source software. Litigation could be costly for us to defend, have a negative effect on our operating results and financial condition, or require us to devote additional research and development resources to change our products. In addition, if we were to combine our proprietary software products with open source software in a certain manner under certain open source licenses, we could be required to make public the source code of our proprietary software products. If we inappropriately use or incorporate open source software subject to certain types of open source licenses that challenge the proprietary nature of our products, we may be required to re-engineer such products, discontinue the sale of such products, or take other remedial actions.
35
Natural catastrophic events, pandemics and man-made problems such as power disruptions, political instability, civil unrest, terrorist activity or war may disrupt our business.
Natural disasters, pandemics, other catastrophic events or man-made disasters may cause damage or disruption to our operations, international commerce and the global economy, and thus could harm our business. We have a large employee presence in Los Angeles, California, and our data centers are located in the Midwest. The west coast of the United States contains active earthquake zones and the greater Los Angeles area has recently experienced major fires, including the significant damage and lasting effects of the January 2025 wildfires, and may experience major fires in the future. In the event of a major earthquake, hurricane or catastrophic event such as fire, power loss, telecommunications failure, political instability, civil unrest, war, or terrorist attack, we may be unable to continue our operations and may experience system interruptions, reputational harm, delays in our application development, lengthy interruptions in the availability of our products and services, breaches of data security, and loss of critical data, all of which could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition.
In addition, the insurance we maintain may not cover or may be insufficient to cover our losses resulting from disasters, or other business interruptions, and any incidents may result in loss of, or increased costs of, such insurance.
Adverse developments affecting the financial services industry, such as actual events or concerns involving liquidity, defaults, or non-performance by financial institutions or transactional counterparties, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
Since the beginning of March 2023, there have been public reports of instability at various financial institutions, with certain financial institutions being severely impacted. Financial services institutions are interrelated with our business as a result of our reliance on partner banks, card networks, payment processors and others in the financial services industry.
Actual events involving limited liquidity, defaults, non-performance or other adverse developments that affect financial institutions, transactional counterparties or other companies in the financial services industry or the financial services industry generally, or concerns or rumors about any events of these kinds or other similar risks, have in the past and may in the future lead to market-wide liquidity problems and adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations. For example, Silicon Valley Bank and Signature Bank were put into FDIC receivership in March 2023 and First Republic Bank was put into FDIC receivership in May 2023. These market developments have negatively impacted customer confidence in the safety and soundness of certain banks. As a result, our Members may choose to maintain deposits with other financial institutions or spread their deposit funds among multiple financial institutions. The closure of financial institutions, even if such financial institutions are unrelated to our business, may result in a deterioration of consumer confidence in banks and the banking system more broadly as well as declines in the price of our stock or reluctance of our Members to use our products and services.
It is likely that, if the banking sector deteriorates, the U.S. and/or other global economies would be adversely affected, including facing the possibility of a recession, the duration and severity of which is difficult to predict. These developments may adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.
Our revenue is impacted, to a significant extent, by the general economy, the creditworthiness of the U.S. consumer and the financial performance of our partners.
Our business, the consumer financial services industry, and our partners’ businesses are sensitive to macroeconomic conditions. Economic factors such as interest rates, changes in monetary and related policies, market volatility, inflationary conditions, student loan obligations, consumer confidence, and unemployment rates are among the most significant factors that impact consumer spending behavior. Weak economic conditions or a significant deterioration in economic conditions, including the current inflationary environment and possibility of a recession, reduce the amount of disposable income consumers have, which in turn reduces consumer spending and the willingness of qualified consumers to use ExtraCash. Such conditions are also likely to affect the ability and willingness of consumers to pay amounts owed under ExtraCash overdrafts facilitated through our platform, each of which would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects.
36
In addition, if a commercial partner becomes subject to a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding, receivership or liquidation (or if there is a perception that it may become subject to such an action), consumers may have less incentive to pay their outstanding balances on ExtraCash overdrafts facilitated through our platform, which could result in higher charge-off rates than anticipated. Moreover, if the financial condition of a commercial partner deteriorates significantly or a commercial partner becomes subject to a bankruptcy proceeding, we may not be able to recover amounts due to us from the commercial partner.
Changes in U.S. policies may adversely impact our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
The current U.S. administration has signaled the potential imposition of tariffs and retaliatory tariffs against U.S. trading partners. Potential tariffs and trade restrictions may cause the prices of products to increase, which could reduce our Members’ disposable income, and adversely impact their spending, willingness to use ExtraCash, or ability to repay ExtraCash. This, in turn, could adversely affect our financial condition and results of operations.
The current U.S. administration is also proposing and seeking to implement significant changes to the size and scope of the federal government. These changes may include reductions to government funding of various programs and agencies, alteration of the payment systems it uses, changes in policy direction, reduction and possible elimination of various federal agencies and bureaus and reduction of the overall federal government workforce. These changes, which may have a positive impact by reducing the overall federal deficit and reducing regulatory burden, may also have potential negative impacts, including impacts on the economy as a whole or different regions or segments of the economy. Accordingly, it is possible that such comprehensive changes may be materially adverse to our Members, business, financial condition and results of operation.
We operate in a cyclical industry. In an economic downturn, default rates may increase, there may be decreased demand for our products, and there may be adverse impacts to our business.
Recent macroeconomic factors, such as elevated interest rates, global events and market volatility, may cause the economy to enter into a period of slower economic growth or a recession, the length and severity of which cannot be predicted. Such uncertainty and negative trends in general economic conditions can have a significant negative impact on our ability to generate adequate revenue and to absorb expected and unexpected losses. Many factors, including factors that are beyond our control, may result in higher default rates by our Members and non-payment by our technology platform clients, a decline in the demand for our products, and potentially impact our ability to make accurate credit assessments, lending decisions or technology platform client selections. Any of these factors could have a detrimental impact on our financial performance and liquidity.
The longevity and severity of a downturn or recession will also place pressure on our business and strategy. The timing and extent of a downturn may require us to change, postpone or cancel our strategic initiatives or growth plans to pursue shorter-term sustainability. The longer and more severe an economic downturn, the greater the potential adverse impact on us.
There can be no assurance that economic conditions will be favorable for our business, that customer interest in our platform as a service will remain at current levels, or that default rates by Members will not increase. These impacts could limit our access to capital and negatively impact our profitability.
Risks Related to Regulatory and Legal Matters
Our business is subject to extensive regulation and oversight in a variety of areas under federal, state and local laws, and is subject to regulatory investigations and consumer litigation.
We are subject to extensive regulation under United States federal and state laws and regulations. Regulators have broad discretion with respect to the interpretation, implementation, and enforcement of these laws and regulations, including through enforcement actions that could subject us to civil money penalties, Member remediation, increased compliance costs, and limits or prohibitions on our ability to offer certain products or services or to engage in certain activities.
37
Any failure or perceived failure to comply with any of these laws or regulations could subject us to lawsuits or governmental actions and/or damage our reputation or cause us to modify our products and operations or cease our ability to offer certain products altogether, which could materially and adversely affect our business. Moreover, any competitors subject to different, or in some cases less restrictive, legislative or regulatory regimes may have or obtain a competitive advantage over us.
We are subject to the regulatory and enforcement authority of the CFPB, which oversees compliance with federal consumer financial protection laws. In addition, our partnership with Evolve and with Coastal Community Bank are subject to the supervisory authority of the Federal Reserve, which is the primary federal bank regulator of Evolve and Coastal Community Bank, and their respective state banking regulators. Any future bank partnership will also be subject to the supervisory authority of the partner bank’s primary federal and any applicable state bank regulator. The CFPB has broad enforcement powers, and upon determining a violation of applicable law has occurred can order, among other things, rescission or reformation of contracts, the refund of moneys, restitution, disgorgement or compensation for unjust enrichment, the payment of damages or other monetary relief, public notifications regarding violations, limits on activities or functions, remediation of practices, external compliance monitoring and civil money penalties. The cost of responding to investigations can be substantial and an adverse resolution to an investigation, including a consent order or other settlement, may have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and future prospects.
For example, in January 2023, the Company received a Civil Investigative Demand from the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) staff seeking information in connection with the sale, offering, advertising, marketing or other promotion of cash advance products and online financial services. In response, the Company cooperated with the FTC staff while seeking to engage constructively with the FTC to resolve this matter.
On August 21, 2024, the FTC staff sent the Company a proposed consent order and draft complaint, alleging that the Company had violated Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act (“FTC Act”) which prohibits “unfair or deceptive acts or practices in or affecting commerce” and certain provisions of the Restore Online Shoppers’ Confidence Act related to the Company’s platform and offering of the ExtraCash Product (the “Complaint”), and advising that it would recommend the filing of an enforcement action if the Company did not settle the FTC’s claims. The Company engaged in good faith negotiations with the FTC staff to settle the claims but these negotiations were unsuccessful, and on November 5, 2024, the FTC filed the Complaint in the United States District Court for the Central District of California against the Company. The Complaint sought a permanent injunction, monetary relief for an unspecified amount and “other relief as the court determines to be just and proper.” The FTC then referred the case to the Department of Justice (the “DOJ”), and on December 30, 2024, the DOJ filed an amended civil complaint in the United States District Court for the Central District of California, naming the Company and our Chief Executive Officer, Jason Wilk as defendants (the "Amended Complaint"). The Amended Complaint alleges that Dave violated Section 5(a) of the FTC Act as well as the Restore Online Shoppers' Confidence Act. The DOJ is seeking injunctive relief, civil penalties, monetary relief and other relief. On February 28, 2025, we filed a motion to dismiss the DOJ’s Amended Complaint.
Although the Company believes that its practices have at all times been in compliance with applicable law, the outcome of any case in litigation is uncertain. Therefore, for the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded a $7 million litigation and settlement accrual for this matter. Significant changes in the accrual may be required in future periods as the case progresses and additional information becomes available. At this time, the Company is unable to reasonably predict the possible outcome of this matter due to, among other things, the fact that it raises difficult factual and legal issues and is subject to many uncertainties and complexities. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in the litigation, and the Company may incur a loss in excess of the amount accrued. The defense or resolution of this matter could involve significant monetary costs and have a material impact on the Company’s business, financial results and operations.
In addition, we are also subject to consumer litigation, including putative consumer class actions which allege that we violate federal and/or state laws regulating the financial services industry. For example, in July 2022, a purported class action Lopez v. Dave, Inc. was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California alleging violations of California consumer protection laws and state and federal lending laws, among other things, and we settled this matter in July 2024.
38
In December 2022, a purported class action Golubiewski and Checchia v. Dave, Inc. was filed in the U.S. District Court for the Middle District of Pennsylvania alleging similar violations under Pennsylvania state and federal laws. We are actively litigating this matter and cannot estimate the likely outcome at this time.
Our “terms of use” for the Dave App as well as the Evolve agreements related to the ExtraCash and deposit accounts include arbitration clauses, and any future bank partner agreements related to the ExtraCash and deposit accounts are also expected to include arbitration clauses. If our arbitration agreements were to become unenforceable for any reason, we could experience an increase to our consumer litigation costs and exposure to potentially damaging class action lawsuits. Even if our arbitration clause remains enforceable, we may be subject to mass arbitrations in which large groups of consumers bring arbitration claims against the Company simultaneously.
We have been and may in the future also be subject to investigations and potential enforcement actions that may be brought by state regulatory authorities, state attorneys general or other state enforcement authorities and other governmental agencies. Any such actions could subject us to civil money penalties and fines, Member remediation, and increased compliance costs, damage our reputation and brand and limit or prohibit our ability to offer certain products and services or engage in certain business practices. Further, in some cases, regardless of fault, it may be less time-consuming or costly to settle these matters, which may require us to implement certain changes to our business practices, provide remediation to certain individuals or make a settlement payment to a given party or regulatory body.
Regulatory agencies and consumer advocacy groups are highly focused on potential discrimination resulting from the use of machine learning and “black-box” algorithms.
We face the risk that one or more of the variables included in our proprietary machine learning engine or other models may be deemed a proxy for a protected characteristic such as race, ethnicity, or sex in violation of the ECOA. In addition, our models could inadvertently result in a “disparate impact” on protected groups. If our models were deemed to raise discrimination risk, they may need to be revised or eliminated, which could decrease the effectiveness of our models Although we may review our models for potential fair lending risk, we may be unable to identify and modify or eliminate all practices or variables causing the risk.
The financial services industry continues to be highly regulated and subject to new laws or regulations in many jurisdictions, including the U.S. states in which we operate, which could restrict the products and services we offer, impose additional compliance costs on us, render our current operations unprofitable or even prohibit our current or future operations.
We are required to comply with frequently changing federal, state, and local laws and regulations that regulate, among other things, the terms of the financial products and services we offer. New laws or regulations may require us to incur significant expenses to enable compliance. Federal and state regulators of consumer financial products and services are also enforcing existing laws, regulations, and rules more aggressively, and enhancing their supervisory expectations regarding the management of legal and regulatory compliance risks. For example, State attorneys general have indicated that they will take a more active role in enforcing consumer protection laws, including through the establishment of state consumer protection agencies as well as the use of Dodd-Frank Act provisions that authorize state attorneys general to enforce certain provisions of federal consumer financial laws and obtain civil money penalties and other relief available to the CFPB.
In addition, regulators are interpreting existing laws, regulations and rules in new and different ways as they attempt to apply them to novel products and business models such as ours. The regulatory landscape in which we operate continues to evolve, and the CFPB has issued several interpretive statements and guidance that could impact our business practices. For example, in July 2024, the CFPB proposed an interpretive rule on paycheck advance and earned wage access, a model which Dave was originally founded on but transitioned away from beginning in 2022. If the CFPB determines that our current business model and practices fall within the scope of the proposed interpretive rule and finalizes the rule in a form similar to its proposal, we could be subject to additional regulatory requirements and scrutiny. Changes in the laws, regulations and enforcement priorities applicable to our business, or changes in the way existing laws and regulations are interpreted and applied to us, could have a material impact on our business model, operations and financial position.
39
In some cases, these measures could even directly prohibit some or all of our current business activities in certain jurisdictions or render them unprofitable and/or impractical to continue.
The application of traditional federal and state consumer protection statutes and related regulations to innovative products offered by financial technology companies such as us is often uncertain, evolving and unsettled. To the extent that our products are deemed to be subject to any such laws, we could be subject to additional compliance obligations, including state licensing requirements, disclosure requirements and usury or fee limitations, among other things. Application of such requirements and restrictions to our products and services could require us to make significant changes to our business practices (which may increase our operating expenses and/or decrease revenue) and, in the event of retroactive application of such laws, subject us to litigation or enforcement actions that could result in the payment of damages, restitution, monetary penalties, injunctive restrictions, or other sanctions, as well as unenforceability of ExtraCash overdrafts facilitated through our platform, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, and results of operations.
Further, we may not be able to respond quickly or effectively to regulatory, legislative, and other developments, and these changes may in turn impair our ability to offer our existing or planned features, products, and services and/or increase our cost of doing business. In addition, we expect to continue to launch new products and services in the coming years, which may subject us to additional legal and regulatory requirements under federal, state and local laws and regulations. To the extent the application of these laws or regulations to our new offerings is unclear or evolving, including changing interpretations and the implementation of new or varying regulatory requirements by federal or state governments and regulators, this may significantly affect or change our proposed business model, increase our operating expenses and hinder or delay our anticipated launch timelines for new products and services.
Recent actions by the current U.S. administration affecting the operations of the CFPB have led to uncertainty as to the future activities of that agency. These actions may lead to uncertainty in the consumer financial services marketplace and have collateral implications relating to, among other things, the business operations of some market participants, competition, and state agency and private enforcement of consumer protection laws, and which could potentially have adverse impacts on our business and operations.
We are subject to extensive federal, state, and local laws and regulations relating to consumer financial protection.
We and/or our bank partner are or may be subject to federal, state, and local laws and regulations governing consumer financial services. Such laws and regulations include the Truth in Lending Act, Equal Credit Opportunity Act, Fair Credit Reporting Act, Restore Online Shoppers’ Confidence Act, the FTC’s Rule Concerning Recurring Subscriptions and Other Negative Option Programs, the Consumer Financial Protection Act, the Truth in Savings Act, Electronic Fund Transfer Act, Telephone Consumer Protection Act, Controlling the Assault of Non-Solicited Pornography And Marketing Act, Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, the CFPB’s Payday, Vehicle Title, and Certain High-Cost Installment Loans Rule, Military Lending Act, Servicemembers Civil Relief Act, prohibitions against unfair, deceptive, and abusive acts and practices, regulations implementing the statutes described above and similar state and local laws and regulations, and other laws and regulations relating to consumer credit, fair lending and banking, overdraft services, funds availability, privacy and data protection, open banking and making available consumer financial data (including Section 1033 of the Consumer Financial Protection Act), artificial intelligence, sales and cancellation practices, terms and conditions in agreements for consumer financial products or services including unilateral changes by the provider, licensure and registration, and other topics. Litigation, regulatory actions, and compliance issues relating to these and other laws could subject us to fines, penalties, restrictions on our business practices, judgments, remediation costs, requirements resulting in increased expenses, and reputational harm.
If ExtraCash overdrafts or other transactions originated through a bank partner are found to violate applicable state usury laws or other lending laws, it could materially adversely affect our business.
The terms and conditions of products originated through a bank partner, including ExtraCash, are based on the overdraft lending authority of the bank partner, which is exempt under federal preemption law from certain state consumer finance laws, and the non-applicability of certain state consumer finance laws including state licensing and usury restrictions.
40
Certain recent litigation, regulatory enforcement, and legislation has challenged, or is currently challenging, the characterization of bank partners as the “true lender” in connection with programs involving origination and/or servicing relationships between a bank partner and non-bank lending platform or program manager. For example, several states, including Connecticut, Hawaii, Georgia, Illinois, Maine, Minnesota, Nevada, New Hampshire, New Mexico, and Washington, have adopted statutory “true lender” tests that evaluate whether a bank partner or nonbank entity is the “true lender” based on considerations including which party holds the “predominant economic interest” in a loan and “the totality of the circumstances.”
State enforcement authorities have also brought a number of actions disputing the characterization of a bank partner as the “true lender” when partnering with a nonbank. For example, in June 2020, the Washington, DC Attorney General filed a lawsuit against an online lender, Elevate for allegedly deceptively marketing high-cost loans with interest rates above the Washington, DC usury cap based on the allegation that Elevate, which was not licensed in Washington, DC, and not its partner bank, originated the loans. This case ultimately settled, with Elevate agreeing to charge rates only up to 24% and to refund consumers who were charged rates over what is allowed under Washington, DC law. In August 2020, the Administrator of the Colorado Uniform Consumer Credit Code reached a settlement with respect to complaints against two online lending platforms, including with respect to the role of lending partners originating loans and non-bank purchasers of such loans. In addition, Colorado has passed legislation to opt out of the federal law that allows state-chartered banks to lend at rates that are permissible in their home state. While this legislation became effective on July 1, 2024, it has been enjoined with respect to loans to Colorado residents that are not “made in” Colorado—that is, where the lender is located and performs loan-making functions outside of Colorado. Finally, in June 2024, the Massachusetts Attorney General entered into a settlement with a fintech company it believed to be the true lender of loans originated using a bank partnership model.
If a court or a state or federal enforcement agency were to determine that Dave—rather than its bank partner—is the “true lender” for ExtraCash overdrafts, and that for this reason (or any other reason) our business is thus subject to and in violation of certain consumer finance laws and regulations, it could materially adversely affect our business and subject us to fines, damages, injunctive relief (including required modification or discontinuation of our business in certain areas), and other penalties or consequences, and render void or enforceable in whole or in part transactions originated through a bank partner.
Our use of vendors and our other ongoing third-party business relationships are subject to increasing regulatory requirements and attention.
We regularly use vendors and subcontractors as part of our business. We also depend on our substantial ongoing business relationships with our originating bank partner and other third parties. These types of third-party relationships, including with our bank partner, are subject to increasingly demanding regulatory requirements and oversight by federal bank regulators (such as the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation), the CFPB, state and international regulators (see above risk factor: "We currently rely on a single bank partner, and if our present or any future key banking relationships are terminated and we are not able to secure or successfully migrate client portfolios to a new bank partner or partners, or our bank partner becomes subject to regulatory restrictions or other operational disruptions, our business would be adversely affected)."
In addition, state and federal agencies have broad discretion in their interpretation of laws and requirements related to bank partnership programs and may elect to alter standards or the interpretation of the standards applicable to these programs. For example, in the third quarter of 2024, the FDIC issued proposed rules that, if finalized as proposed, would (i) expand the scope of deposits that constitute “brokered deposits,” potentially limiting the ability of our bank partner to accept Members’ deposits without those deposits being considered brokered and therefore disincentivizing partnership with us; and (ii) establish new recordkeeping requirements for “custodial deposit accounts with transactional features,” potentially including deposit accounts offered to our Members by our bank partner, which could greatly increase our compliance and operational costs associated with the partnership.
41
These initiatives and the uncertainty of the federal and state regulatory environments around bank partnership programs may increase compliance and operational costs associated with our business or impact our relationships with our current partner bank or any future partner bank and mean that our efforts to launch products and services through bank partners may not ultimately be successful, or may be restricted or challenged by legislation or regulatory action.
If the legal structure underlying our relationship with our partner bank were to be successfully challenged or otherwise restricted, we would need to find an alternative bank relationship. Furthermore, our current or any future bank partners could be subject to enforcement actions, civil monetary penalties, supervisory orders to cease and desist or other remedial actions, which, even if unrelated to our business, could impose restrictions on the bank partner’s ability to continue to extend credit on current terms or offer services that are required for certain of our products. Banking regulators in the United States have recently increased their scrutiny of bank partnerships with third-party financial service providers through the release of statements, requests for information and proposed regulations. These releases have coincided with a significant increase in the number of enforcement actions relating to banks’ third-party arrangements. For example, in June 2024, the Federal Reserve Board issued a cease and desist order against Evolve for alleged deficiencies in its anti-money laundering, risk management and consumer compliance programs. Federal or state regulators may also subject us to increased compliance, legal and operational costs, and could subject our business model to scrutiny and otherwise increase our regulatory requirements, which may require us to expend substantial resources, discontinue certain products, or adversely affect our ability to expand our business.
It is expected that regulators will hold us responsible for deficiencies in our oversight and control of third-party relationships and in the performance of the parties with which we have these relationships. As a result, if our regulators conclude that we have not exercised adequate oversight and control over vendors and subcontractors or other ongoing third-party business relationships or that such third parties have not performed appropriately, we could be subject to enforcement actions, including civil money penalties or other administrative or judicial penalties or fines, as well as requirements for consumer remediation.
Due to our bank partnership model, we are and will continue to be subject to third-party risk management obligations, our business model may need to be substantially altered and we may not be able to continue to operate our business as it is currently operated.
Banking products made available through us by our bank partner remain subject to regulation and supervision by our bank partner’s regulators and we, as a service provider to our bank partner, undertake certain compliance obligations. If we were to become directly subject to banking regulations or if the third-party risk management requirements applicable to us were to change, our business model may need to be substantially altered and we may not be able to continue to operate our business as it is currently operated. Failure by us, or any of our business partners, to comply with applicable laws and regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position and results of operations.
If we were found to be operating without having obtained necessary state or local licenses, it could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects.
Certain states have adopted laws regulating and requiring licensing, registration, notice filing, or other approval by parties that engage in certain activities regarding consumer finance transactions. For example, several states, including California, Kansas, Missouri, Nevada, South Carolina, and Wisconsin, have adopted regulatory and licensing requirements specific to “earned wage access” products (collectively, “State Earned Wage Access Laws”). The Connecticut Department of Labor also issued guidance regarding earned wage access products, stating that the products may implicate state wage statutes and fees for the products that are passed to the employees must be approved by the Commissioner of Labor. The State Earned Wage Access Laws have exemptions for bank-issued products such as ExtraCash, but it is possible that the relevant states’ regulatory authorities may not agree with the Company’s interpretation of these exemptions. In addition, certain states have adopted laws regulating and requiring licensing by parties that engage in certain activity regarding consumer finance transactions, including facilitating and assisting such transactions in certain circumstances. The application of some consumer finance licensing laws to Dave is uncertain, evolving and unsettled. If we were found to be in violation of one or more of the licensure or State Earned Wage Access Laws, we could be subject to fines, damages, injunctive relief, and other penalties or consequences.
42
For example, in November 2024, the Washington, D.C. attorney general filed a complaint against the earned wage access provider EarnIn, alleging that its product is a loan, that fees for instant access to funds are misrepresented to consumers and not properly disclosed, and that the interest rate associated with the fees for instant access to funds exceeds the Washington, D.C. usury cap. Also in November 2024, consumers filed an amended class action complaint against EarnIn in the Northern District of California, alleging that the fees for instant access to funds and tipping on the platform are finance charges, and that EarnIn failed to make required disclosures under the Truth in Lending Act and its implementing regulations.
We have also received inquiries from state regulatory agencies regarding requirements to obtain licenses from or register with those states, including in states where we have determined that we are not required to obtain such a license or be registered with the state, and we expect to continue to receive such inquiries. The application of certain consumer financial licensing laws to our platform and the related activities it performs is not always clear, and regulatory agencies may not agree with our determinations on the applicability of such laws to us. In addition, state licensing requirements may evolve over time, including, in particular, recent trends in legislation seeking to impose licensing requirements and regulation of parties engaged in the business of offering “earned wage access” products to consumers. For example, in 2023, the banking regulators in Connecticut and Maryland issued guidance (and in the case of Maryland, a regulatory change) (collectively, “State Regulatory Changes”) indicating that traditional “earned wage access” products would, under certain circumstances, be considered small loans under the state lending laws, and that optional fees and tips, which the Company previously received in connection with ExtraCash, would be finance charges for purposes of calculating the interest rate under the state’s applicable usury limit under certain circumstances. These State Regulatory Changes would subject those covered by them to licensure and limitations or prohibitions on certain charges. Although we do not believe that ExtraCash is covered by the State Regulatory Changes, there may be uncertainty regarding the application of the State Regulatory Changes to our business.
We have received an inquiry from the Connecticut banking regulator relating to licensing and the State Regulatory Changes, our relationship with our bank partner, and other issues relating to earned wage access and related products we offer in Connecticut. We have also recently received an inquiry from the Maryland banking regulator regarding licensure and the State Regulatory Changes, and a subpoena from the Maryland Attorney General requesting information regarding any earned wage access and related products that we offer in the state of Maryland, including information relating to marketing practices, fees, our bank partnership, and other issues. Although we believe that our practices and products offered at all times in Maryland and Connecticut have been in compliance with applicable law, the defense or resolution of these matters could involve significant monetary costs or penalties and have a significant impact on our financial results and operations.
Additionally, in December 2021, we entered into a Memorandum of Understanding (“MOU”) with the California Department of Financial Protection and Innovation (“CA DFPI”). The MOU required us to provide the CA DFPI with certain information as requested by the CA DFPI and adhere to certain practices in connection with our prior ExtraCash product (including certain disclosures related to not being licensed by the CA DFPI). The CA DFPI finalized a new California Consumer Finance Protection Law regulation, effective February 15, 2025, which requires providers of income-based advances (and other providers) to register with the DFPI (the “DFPI Regulation.”) The DFPI Regulation has an exemption for bank-issued products such as ExtraCash. The MOU terminated on the DFPI Regulation’s effective date. The Company's prior advance product was no longer offered after June 2023 and there are no outstanding prior advances of this product with balances owed. Accordingly, the Company believes that the termination of the MOU, as well as the DFPI Regulation, have no material impact on the Company. It is possible that the DFPI may not agree with the Company’s interpretation of the DFPI Regulation, and if we were found to be in violation of the DFPI Regulation, we could be subject to fines, damages, injunctive relief, and other penalties or consequences.
If we were found to be in violation of applicable state licensing or other requirements by a court or a state, federal, or local enforcement agency, or agree to resolve such concerns by voluntary agreement, we could be subject to or agree to pay fines, damages, injunctive relief (including required modification or discontinuation of our business in certain areas), criminal penalties, and other penalties or consequences, and the ExtraCash receivables facilitated through our platform could be rendered void in whole or in part, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.
43
Stringent and changing laws and regulations relating to privacy and data protection could result in claims against us, harm our results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects, or otherwise harm our business.
We are subject to a variety of laws, rules, directives, and regulations, as well as contractual obligations, relating to the processing of personal information, including personally identifiable information. The regulatory framework for privacy and data protection worldwide is rapidly evolving and, as a result, implementation standards and enforcement practices are likely to continue to evolve for the foreseeable future. Legislators and regulators are increasingly adopting or revising privacy and data protection laws, rules, directives, and regulations, each of which could have a significant impact on our current and planned privacy and data protection-related practices, our processing of consumer or employee information, and our current or planned business activities.
Compliance with current or future privacy and data protection laws (including those regarding security breach notification) affecting consumer and/or employee data to which we are subject could result in higher compliance and technology costs and restrict our ability to provide certain products and services (such as those that involve sharing information with third parties or storing sensitive information), which could materially and adversely affect our profitability and could reduce income from certain business initiatives.
Our failure, or the failure of any third party with whom we work, to comply with privacy and data protection laws could result in potentially significant regulatory investigations and government actions, litigation, fines, or sanctions, consumer, funding source, or bank partner actions, and damage to our reputation and brand, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Complying with privacy and data protection laws and regulations may cause us to incur substantial operational costs or require us to change our business practices. We may not be successful in our efforts to achieve compliance either due to internal or external factors, such as resource allocation limitations or a lack of vendor cooperation. We have in the past, and may in the future, receive complaints or notifications from third parties alleging that we have violated applicable privacy and data protection laws and regulations. Non-compliance could result in proceedings against us by governmental entities, consumers, or others.
In addition to government regulation, privacy advocates and industry groups may propose new and different self-regulatory standards that may apply to us. Because the interpretation and application of privacy and data protection laws, regulations, rules, and other standards are still uncertain, it is possible that these laws, rules, regulations, and other actual or alleged legal obligations, such as contractual or self-regulatory obligations, may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the functionality of our platform. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, lawsuits and other claims, we could be required to fundamentally change our business activities and practices or which could have an adverse effect on our business.
Any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with laws, regulations, policies, legal, or contractual obligations, industry standards, or regulatory guidance relating to privacy or data security, may result in governmental investigations and enforcement actions, litigation, fines and penalties, or adverse publicity, and could cause our Members and partners to lose trust in us, which could have an adverse effect on our reputation and business. We expect that there will continue to be new proposed laws, regulations, and industry standards relating to privacy, data protection, marketing, consumer communications, and information security, and we cannot determine the impact such future laws, regulations, and standards may have on our business. Future laws, regulations, standards, and other obligations or any changed interpretation of existing laws or regulations could impair our ability to develop and market new functionality and maintain and grow our Member base and increase revenue. Future restrictions on the collection, use, sharing, or disclosure of data, or additional requirements for express or implied consent of our Members, partners, or end users for the use and disclosure of such information could require us to incur additional costs or modify our platform, possibly in a material manner, and could limit our ability to develop new functionality.
We rely on obtaining our Member’s banking data, with their consent, through a third party, in order to provide ExtraCash, deposit and budgeting products. If such data becomes more difficult or expensive to obtain due to changing laws and regulations, our operating results may be impacted. For example, in October 2024, the CFPB finalized a rule intended to accelerate a shift towards open banking by establishing a comprehensive regulatory framework providing consumers and their authorized third parties with rights to receive access to consumers’ personal financial data held by a financial institution. These rules also propose limitations on authorized third parties’ (such as Dave’s) collection, use and retention of such data including restrictions on using the data for cross-marketing purposes.
44
If these rules become effective, we and our third-party service providers may be required to annually certify compliance with these requirements and limitations on use as a condition to obtaining Members’ banking data through a third party, which could cause us to lose certain Members and could require us to cease using Members' banking data for cross-marketing purposes. If we or any of our third-party service providers are not able to comply with these laws or regulations, or if we become liable under these laws or regulations, we could be directly or indirectly harmed, including by losing access to our Members’ banking data, and we may be forced to implement new measures to reduce our exposure to this liability. This may require us to expend substantial resources, discontinue certain products, or cease providing services to a certain Members, which would negatively affect our business, financial condition, and operating results. In addition, the increased attention focused upon liability issues as a result of lawsuits and legislative proposals could harm our reputation or otherwise adversely affect the growth of our business. Furthermore, any costs incurred as a result of this potential liability could harm our operating results.
Laws and regulations relating to memberships and subscriptions may adversely affect our business.
Laws and regulations relating to memberships and subscriptions, including sales and cancellation of such products, may have an adverse effect on our business. These laws and regulations include the Restore Online Shoppers’ Confidence Act, the FTC’s Rule Concerning Recurring Subscriptions and Other Negative Option Programs, prohibitions against unfair, deceptive, and abusive acts and practices, and similar state laws. The interpretation and application of these laws to our business may be unclear and evolving. Any failure or perceived failure to comply with any of these laws or regulations could subject us to lawsuits, governmental actions, regulatory scrutiny, damage to our reputation, and otherwise result in potential liability and have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, future prospects, and cash flows.
We are required to comply with anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing laws, as well as the Bank Secrecy Act, including through obligations imposed by our third-party service providers. Failure to comply with these obligations could have significant adverse consequences for us.
If our controls designed to enable us to comply with all applicable anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing laws, as well as the Bank Secrecy Act, and regulations are ineffective in ensuring compliance with all such laws and regulations, our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in a breach and termination of certain third-party agreements or criticism by international or state governmental agencies, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects.
Litigation, regulatory actions, and compliance issues could subject us to fines, penalties, judgments, remediation costs, and/or other requirements resulting in increased expenses and reputational harm.
We have in the past and may in the future become subject to legal proceedings and claims that arise in the ordinary course of business, such as claims brought by our Members in connection with commercial disputes, employment claims made by our current or former employees, or claims for reimbursement following misappropriation of Member data. Our business is also subject to increased risks of litigation and regulatory actions as a result of the highly regulated nature of the financial services industry and the focus of state and federal enforcement agencies on the financial services industry in general and consumer financial services in particular.
Litigation might result in substantial costs and may divert management’s attention and resources, which might seriously harm our business, overall financial condition, and operating results. Insurance might not cover such claims, might not provide sufficient payments to cover all the costs to resolve one or more such claims, and might not continue to be available on terms acceptable to us. A claim brought against us that is uninsured or underinsured could result in unanticipated costs, thereby reducing our operating results and leading analysts or potential investors to reduce their expectations of our performance, which could reduce the trading price of our stock.
In addition, a number of participants in the consumer finance industry have been the subject of putative class action lawsuits; state attorney general actions and other state regulatory actions; federal regulatory enforcement actions, including actions relating to alleged unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices; violations of state licensing and lending laws, including state interest rate limits; actions alleging discrimination on the basis of race, ethnicity, gender, or other prohibited bases; and allegations of noncompliance with various state and federal laws and regulations relating to originating and servicing consumer finance loans.
45
The current regulatory environment, increased regulatory compliance efforts, and enhanced regulatory enforcement have resulted in significant operational and compliance costs and may prevent us from providing certain products and services. There is no assurance that these regulatory matters or other factors will not, in the future, affect how we conduct our business and, in turn, have an adverse effect on our business. In particular, legal proceedings brought under state consumer protection statutes or under several of the various federal consumer financial services statutes subject to the jurisdiction of the CFPB and FTC may result in a separate fine for each violation of the statute, which, particularly in the case of class action lawsuits, could result in damages in excess of the amounts we earned from the underlying activities.
Risks Relating to Ownership of our Securities
The dual class structure of our Common Stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with Jason Wilk, Dave’s founder, Chief Executive Officer and President and a member of the Dave Board of Directors. This will limit or preclude your ability to influence corporate matters, including the outcome of important transactions, including a change in control.
Shares of Dave Class V Common Stock have 10 votes per share, while shares of Dave Class A Common Stock have one vote per share. Jason Wilk, Dave’s co-founder and its Chief Executive Officer and President, holds all of the issued and outstanding shares of Dave Class V Common Stock. Accordingly, as of February 20, 2025, Mr. Wilk holds approximately 60.0% of the voting power of our capital stock on an outstanding basis and will be able to control matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors, amendments to our organizational documents and any merger, consolidation, sale of all or substantially all of Dave’s assets or other major corporate transactions. Mr. Wilk may have interests that differ from other shareholders’ and may vote in a way with which you disagree and which may be adverse to other shareholder interests. This concentrated control may have the effect of delaying, preventing or deterring a change in control of Dave, could deprive its stockholders of an opportunity to receive a premium for their capital stock as part of a sale of Dave and might ultimately affect the market price of shares of Dave Class A Common Stock.
Dave’s dual class structure may depress the trading price of our Dave Class A Common Stock.
Dave cannot predict whether its dual class structure will result in a lower or more volatile market price of the Dave Class A Common Stock or in adverse publicity or other adverse consequences. For example, certain index providers have announced restrictions on including companies with multiple-class share structures in certain of their indexes. S&P Dow Jones and FTSE Russell have announced changes to their eligibility criteria for inclusion of shares of public companies on certain indices, including the S&P 500, pursuant to which companies with multiple classes of shares of common stock are excluded. In addition, several stockholder advisory firms have announced their opposition to the use of multiple class structures. As a result, the dual class structure of Dave’s Common Stock may cause stockholder advisory firms to publish negative commentary about Dave’s corporate governance practices or otherwise seek to cause Dave to change its capital structure. Any such exclusion from indices or any actions or publications by stockholder advisory firms critical of Dave’s corporate governance practices or capital structure could adversely affect the value and trading market of the Dave Class A Common Stock.
Our stock price is volatile.
The trading price of the Dave Class A Common Stock and Public Warrants is volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations in response to various factors, some of which are beyond Dave’s control. These factors include:
46
In addition, the stock market in general, and the stock prices of technology companies in particular, have experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations that have often been unrelated or disproportionate to the operating performance of those companies. Broad market and industry factors may seriously affect the market price of Dave Class A Common Stock, regardless of actual operating performance. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a particular company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. This litigation, if instituted, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of management’s attention and resources.
Dave has never paid cash dividends on our capital stock and does not anticipate paying dividends in the foreseeable future.
Dave has never paid cash dividends on our capital stock and currently intends to retain any future earnings to fund the growth of its business. Any determination to pay dividends in the future will be at the discretion of the Board and will depend on Dave’s financial condition, operating results, capital requirements, general business conditions and other factors that the Board may deem relevant. As a result, capital appreciation, if any, of our Dave Class A Common Stock will be the sole source of gain for the foreseeable future.
Anti-takeover provisions contained in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws and applicable laws could impair a takeover attempt.
Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws afford certain rights and powers to the Board that could contribute to the delay or prevention of an acquisition that it deems undesirable. Dave is also subject to Section 203 of the DGCL and other provisions of Delaware law that limit the ability of stockholders in certain situations to effect certain business combinations. Any of the foregoing provisions and terms that have the effect of delaying or deterring a change in control could limit the opportunity for stockholders to receive a premium for their shares of Dave Class A Common Stock, and could also affect the price that some investors are willing to pay for the Dave Class A Common Stock.
47
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation contains exclusive forum provisions for certain claims, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees.
Our amended and restated certificate of incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware is the sole and exclusive forum for (i) any derivative action or proceeding brought on behalf of us, (ii) any action asserting a claim of breach of a duty (including any fiduciary duty) owed by any of our current or former directors, officers, stockholders, employees or agents to us or our stockholders, (iii) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers, stockholders, employees or agents arising out of or relating to any provision of the DGCL or our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws, (iv) any action or proceeding to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our amended and restated certificate of incorporation or our bylaws; (v) any action or proceeding as to which the Delaware General Corporation Law confers jurisdiction to the Court of Chancery of the State of Delaware; and (vi) any action asserting a claim against us or any of our current or former directors, officers, stockholders, employees or agents governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the State of Delaware. This provision does not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act, or rules and regulations thereunder.
Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any of our securities is deemed to have notice of and consented to our exclusive forum provisions, including the federal forum provision. Additionally, our stockholders cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. These provisions may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees and agents. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our amended and restated certificate of incorporation to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition.
Dave is subject to risks related to taxation in the United States.
Significant judgments based on interpretations of existing tax laws or regulations are required in determining Dave’s provision for income taxes. Dave’s effective income tax rate could be adversely affected by various factors, including, but not limited to, changes in the mix of earnings in tax jurisdictions with different statutory tax rates, changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, changes in existing tax policies, laws, regulations or rates, changes in the level of non-deductible expenses (including share-based compensation), changes in the location of Dave’s operations, changes in Dave’s future levels of research and development spending, mergers and acquisitions or the results of examinations by various tax authorities. Although Dave believes its tax estimates are reasonable, if the IRS or any other taxing authority disagrees with the positions taken on its tax returns, Dave could have additional tax liability, including interest and penalties. If material, payment of such additional amounts upon final adjudication of any disputes could have a material impact on our results of operations and financial position.
Changes to applicable tax laws and regulations or exposure to additional income tax liabilities could affect Dave’s business and future profitability.
Dave is a U.S. corporation and thus subject to U.S. corporate income tax on its worldwide income. Further, since Dave’s operations and Members are located throughout the United States, Dave will be subject to various U.S. state and local taxes, including local and state sales and use taxes. U.S. federal, state, local and non-U.S. tax laws, policies, statutes, rules, regulations or ordinances could be interpreted, changed, modified or applied adversely to Dave and may have an adverse effect on its business and future profitability.
For example, several tax proposals have been set forth that would, if enacted, make significant changes to U.S. tax laws. Such proposals include an increase in the U.S. income tax rate applicable to corporations (such as Dave) from 21% to 28%. Congress may consider, and could include, some or all of these proposals in connection with tax reform that may be undertaken. It is unclear whether these or similar changes will be enacted and, if enacted, how soon any such changes could take effect.
48
The passage of any legislation as a result of these proposals and other similar changes in U.S. federal income tax laws could adversely affect Dave’s business and future profitability.
As a result of plans to expand Dave’s business operations, including to jurisdictions in which tax laws may not be favorable, its obligations may change or fluctuate, become significantly more complex or become subject to greater risk of examination by taxing authorities, any of which could adversely affect Dave’s after-tax profitability and financial results.
In the event that Dave’s business expands domestically or internationally, its effective tax rates may fluctuate widely in the future. Future effective tax rates could be affected by operating losses in jurisdictions where no tax benefit can be recorded under U.S. Generally Accepted Accounting Principles (“GAAP”), changes in deferred tax assets and liabilities, or changes in tax laws. Factors that could materially affect Dave’s future effective tax rates include, but are not limited to: (a) changes in tax laws or the regulatory environment, (b) changes in accounting and tax standards or practices, (c) changes in the composition of operating income by tax jurisdiction, and (d) pre-tax operating results of Dave’s business.
Additionally, Dave may be subject to significant income, withholding, and other tax obligations in the United States and may become subject to taxation in numerous additional U.S. state and local and non-U.S. jurisdictions with respect to income, operations and subsidiaries related to those jurisdictions. Dave’s after-tax profitability and financial results could be subject to volatility or be affected by numerous factors, including (a) the availability of tax deductions, credits, exemptions, refunds and other benefits to reduce tax liabilities, (b) changes in the valuation of deferred tax assets and liabilities, if any, (c) the expected timing and amount of the release of any tax valuation allowances, (d) the tax treatment of stock-based compensation, (e) changes in the relative amount of earnings subject to tax in the various jurisdictions, (f) the potential business expansion into, or otherwise becoming subject to tax in, additional jurisdictions, (g) changes to existing intercompany structure (and any costs related thereto) and business operations, (h) the extent of intercompany transactions and the extent to which taxing authorities in relevant jurisdictions respect those intercompany transactions, and (i) the ability to structure business operations in an efficient and competitive manner. Outcomes from audits or examinations by taxing authorities could have an adverse effect on Dave’s after-tax profitability and financial condition. Additionally, the IRS and several foreign tax authorities have increasingly focused attention on intercompany transfer pricing with respect to sales of products and services and the use of intangibles. Tax authorities could disagree with Dave’s intercompany charges, cross-jurisdictional transfer pricing or other matters and assess additional taxes. If Dave does not prevail in any such disagreements, Dave’s profitability may be affected.
Dave’s after-tax profitability and financial results may also be adversely affected by changes in relevant tax laws and tax rates, treaties, regulations, administrative practices and principles, judicial decisions and interpretations thereof, in each case, possibly with retroactive effect.
Dave’s ability to utilize its net operating loss and tax credit carryforwards to offset future taxable income may be subject to certain limitations.
In general, under Section 382 of the Code, a corporation that undergoes an “ownership change” is subject to limitations on its ability to use its pre-change net operating loss carryforwards (“NOLs”) to offset future taxable income. The limitations apply if a corporation undergoes an “ownership change,” which is generally defined as a greater than 50 percentage point change (by value) in its equity ownership by certain stockholders over a three-year period. If Dave has experienced an ownership change at any time since its incorporation, Dave may be subject to limitations on its ability to utilize its existing NOLs and other tax attributes to offset taxable income or tax liability. In addition, future changes in Dave’s stock ownership, which may be outside of Dave’s control, may trigger an ownership change. Similar provisions of state tax law may also apply to limit Dave’s use of accumulated state tax attributes. As a result, even if Dave earns net taxable income in the future, its ability to use its pre-change NOL carryforwards and other tax attributes to offset such taxable income or tax liability may be subject to limitations, which could potentially result in increased future income tax liability to Dave.
If accounting standards change or if our estimates or assumptions relating to our critical accounting policies prove to be incorrect, our results of operations and financial condition could be adversely affected.
49
Our financial statements are subject to the application of GAAP, which is also subject to varying interpretations over time. We are required to adopt new or revised accounting standards or comply with revised interpretations that are issued from time to time by various parties, including accounting standard setters and those who interpret the standards, such as the FASB, the SEC, and bank regulatory authorities. Those changes are beyond our control but could adversely affect our results of operations and financial condition.
Additionally, the preparation of our financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires estimates and assumptions that affect the amounts reported and disclosed in our financial statements. While we base our estimates and assumptions on historical experience and other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances, our results of operations may be adversely affected if our assumptions change or if actual circumstances differ from those in our assumptions.
There is no guarantee that the Public Warrants will be in the money at the time they become exercisable, and they may expire worthless.
The exercise price for our warrants is $368.00 per share of Dave Class A Common Stock. There is no guarantee that the Public Warrants will be in the money following the time they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, and as such, they may expire worthless.
We may amend the terms of the Public Warrants in a manner that may be adverse to holders of Public Warrants with the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants. As a result, the exercise price of the Public Warrants could be increased, the exercise period could be shortened and the number of shares of Dave Class A Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of a Public Warrant could be decreased, all without a holder’s approval.
The Public Warrants were issued in registered form under a warrant agreement between Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent, and us. The Warrant Agreement provides that the terms of the Public Warrants may be amended without the consent of any holder to cure any ambiguity or correct any defective provision, but requires the approval by the holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants to make any change that adversely affects the interests of the registered holders of Public Warrants. Accordingly, we may amend the terms of the Public Warrants in a manner adverse to a holder if holders of at least 50% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants approve of such amendment. Although our ability to amend the terms of the Public Warrants with the consent of at least 50% of the then-outstanding Public Warrants is unlimited, examples of such amendments could be amendments to, among other things, increase the exercise price of the Public Warrants, convert the Public Warrants into cash or stock (at a ratio different than initially provided), shorten the exercise period or decrease the number of shares of Dave Class A Common Stock purchasable upon exercise of a Public Warrant.
We may redeem unexpired warrants prior to their exercise at a time that is disadvantageous to warrant holders, thereby making their warrants worthless.
We have the ability to redeem outstanding warrants at any time after they become exercisable and prior to their expiration, at a price of $0.01 per warrant; provided that the last reported sales price of the Dave Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $576.00 per share (as adjusted for stock splits, stock dividends, reorganizations, recapitalizations and the like) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which we give proper notice of such redemption and provided certain other conditions are met. If and when the warrants become redeemable by us, we may exercise our redemption right even if we are unable to register or qualify the underlying securities for sale under all applicable state securities laws. Redemption of the outstanding warrants could force you (a) to exercise your warrants and pay the exercise price therefor at a time when it may be disadvantageous for you to do so, (b) to sell your warrants at the then-current market price when you might otherwise wish to hold your warrants or (c) to accept the nominal redemption price which, at the time the outstanding warrants are called for redemption, is likely to be substantially less than the market value of your warrants. None of the Private Warrants will be redeemable by us for cash so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees.
50
In addition, we may redeem your warrants after they become exercisable for a number of shares of Dave Class A Common Stock determined based on the redemption date and the fair market value of the Dave Class A Common Stock. Any such redemption may have similar consequences to a cash redemption described above. In addition, such redemption may occur at a time when the warrants are “out-of-the-money,” in which case you would lose any potential embedded value from a subsequent increase in the value of the Dave Class A Common Stock had your warrants remained outstanding.
We have issued and will continue to issue a substantial number of additional shares of Dave Class A Common Stock under an employee incentive plan. Any such issuances dilute the interest of our stockholders and likely present other risks.
We have issued and will continue to issue additional shares of Dave Class A Common Stock under an employee incentive plan. The issuance of additional Dave Class A Common Stock:
There can be no assurance that Dave Class A Common Stock will be able to comply with the listing standards of Nasdaq.
On January 5, 2023, Dave effected a 1-for-32 reverse stock split in order to regain compliance with Nasdaq’s minimum bid price requirement. There can be no assurance that Dave will be able to continue to comply with Nasdaq’s minimum bid price requirement or other Nasdaq listing standards. If The Nasdaq Stock Market delists the Dave Class A Common Stock from trading on its exchange for failure to meet the listing standards, our stockholders could face significant material adverse consequences including:
Sales of a substantial number of shares of Dave Class A Common Stock in the public market could occur at any time. This could cause the market price of the Dave Class A Common Stock to drop significantly, even if our business is doing well.
Sales of a substantial number of the Dave Class A Common Stock in the public market could occur at any time. These sales, or the perception in the market that the holders of a large number of shares intend to sell shares, could reduce the market price of the Dave Class A Common Stock. As of February 20, 2025, our current officers and directors hold approximately 16% of the outstanding shares of Common Stock, including the 1,514,082 shares of Dave Class V Common Stock convertible into shares of Dave Class A Common Stock, which represents approximately 60% of the voting power of the outstanding shares of Common Stock.
Pursuant to the Investor Rights Agreement, certain holders are entitled to, among other things, certain registration rights, including the demand of up to three underwritten offerings and customary piggyback registration rights.
51
Further, pursuant to the Subscription Agreements, we are also required to register additional shares of Dave Class A Common Stock. To satisfy these obligations, we previously registered up to 10,356,391 shares (on a post-split adjusted basis) of Dave Class A Common Stock, which also covers shares issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants. The sale of these shares is likely to have an adverse effect on the trading price of the Dave Class A Common Stock.
If securities or industry analysts do not publish or cease publishing research or reports about Dave, its business or its market, or if they change their recommendations regarding the Dave Class A Common Stock adversely, the price and trading volume of the Dave Class A Common Stock could decline.
The trading market for the Dave Class A Common Stock will be influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts may publish about Dave, its business, its market or its competitors. If any of the analysts who may cover Dave change their recommendation regarding the Dave Class A Common Stock adversely, or provide more favorable relative recommendations about its competitors, the price of the Dave Class A Common Stock would likely decline. If any analyst who may cover Dave were to cease their coverage or fail to regularly publish reports on Dave, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which could cause the stock price or trading volume of Dave securities to decline.
The JOBS Act permits “emerging growth companies” like us to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies.
We qualify as an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a)(19) of the Securities Act, as modified by the JOBS Act. We expect to remain an emerging growth company until December 31, 2025 and to take advantage of certain exemptions from various reporting requirements applicable to other public companies that are not emerging growth companies, including (a) the exemption from the auditor attestation requirements with respect to internal control over financial reporting under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, (b) the exemptions from say-on-pay, say-on-frequency and say-on-golden parachute voting requirements and (c) reduced disclosure obligations regarding executive compensation in our periodic reports and proxy statements. As a result, our stockholders may not have access to certain information they deem important. We will remain an emerging growth company until the earliest of (a) the last day of the fiscal year (i) following March 4, 2025, the fifth anniversary of our IPO, (ii) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.07 billion (as adjusted for inflation pursuant to SEC rules from time to time) or (iii) in which we are deemed to be a large accelerated filer, which means the market value of the shares of Dave Class A Common Stock that are held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the last business day of our prior second fiscal quarter, and (b) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt during the prior three year period.
In addition, Section 107 of the JOBS Act provides that an emerging growth company can take advantage of the exemption from complying with new or revised accounting standards provided in Section 7(a)(2)(B) of the Securities Act as long as we are an emerging growth company. An emerging growth company can therefore delay the adoption of certain accounting standards until those standards would otherwise apply to private companies. The JOBS Act provides that a company can elect to opt out of the extended transition period and comply with the requirements that apply to non-emerging growth companies, but any such election to opt out is irrevocable. We have elected not to opt out of such extended transition period, which means that when a standard is issued or revised and it has different application dates for public or private companies, we, as an emerging growth company, can adopt the new or revised standard at the time private companies adopt the new or revised standard. This may make comparison of our financial statements with another public company which is neither an emerging growth company nor an emerging growth company which has opted out of using the extended transition period difficult or impossible because of the potential differences in accounting standards used.
We cannot predict if investors will find the Dave Class A Common Stock less attractive because we will rely on these exemptions. If some investors find the Dave Class A Common Stock less attractive as a result, there may be a less active trading market for the Dave Class A Common Stock and our share price may be more volatile.
Risks Relating to our Indebtedness
52
Servicing our debt requires a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to pay our substantial debt.
Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on or to refinance our indebtedness, including our Debt Facility, depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not continue to generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient to service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures. If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations.
The Debt Facility, and any additional indebtedness we incur in the future, could adversely affect our business and financial results.
In January 2021, we entered into the Debt Facility, which we subsequently amended four times, which provides for $150.0 million in debt financing that matures in December 2026.
As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company had drawn $75.0 million on the Debt Facility and had made no repayments.
Our ability to make payments on the Debt Facility, to repay the Debt Facility when due, and to fund our business, operations and significant planned capital expenditures will depend on our ability to pay with available cash or generate cash in the future. The Debt Facility, and any additional indebtedness we may incur in the future, could require us to divert funds identified for other purposes to service the Debt Facility. If we cannot generate sufficient cash flow from our operations to service the Debt Facility, we may need to refinance the Debt Facility, dispose of assets, or issue additional equity to obtain the necessary funds. If required to do so, we may be unable to take any of these actions on a timely basis, on terms satisfactory to us or at all.
In addition, the Debt Facility contains certain financial covenants and restrictions on our activities. Compliance with these covenants may require us to divert funds intended for other uses and limit our flexibility to take certain actions.
See Note 11 of the accompanying consolidated financial statements for more information about the Debt Facility.
We guarantee certain obligations of one of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, which guarantee contains financial covenants and other restrictions on our actions, which could limit our operational flexibility and otherwise adversely affect our financial condition.
One of our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Dave OD Funding, has a Debt Facility. We have guaranteed certain of Dave OD Funding’s obligations under the Debt Facility. The Debt Facility contains financial covenants and other restrictions on our actions, which could limit our operational flexibility and otherwise adversely affect our financial condition.
Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.
None.
53
Item 1C. Cybersecurity
Risk Management and Strategy
The Company takes a risk-based approach to cybersecurity and has implemented cybersecurity policies throughout its operations that are designed to address cybersecurity threats and incidents.
The Company’s cybersecurity program and policies articulate the expectations and requirements with respect to acceptable use, risk management, data privacy, education and awareness, security incident management and reporting, identity and access management, vendor due diligence, security (with respect to physical assets, products, networks, and systems), security monitoring and vulnerability identification. The cybersecurity program and policies are operated by a dedicated cybersecurity team in conjunction with the Company’s enterprise risk management program.
The Company’s cyber risk management program is designed to identify, track, escalate, remediate, and report cybersecurity risks across the Company. These risk areas include internal, product, vendor, supply chain, and external services leveraged across the Company. The Company has a vendor management program that evaluates and oversees cybersecurity risks related to third party vendors providing services to the Company. Any identified risks are assessed, prioritized, and addressed via process, technology, and personnel improvements to help ensure ongoing mitigation and tracking.
The Company’s cybersecurity strategy is guided by risk priorities and identified areas for improvement, which are informed by regulatory requirements and industry standards, such as the Federal Trade Commission’s Safeguards Rule and the National Institute for Standards and Technology (NIST) Cybersecurity Framework, and evolving business needs. This strategy is shared with the executive leadership at least annually. The Company maintains an incident response plan, coupled with a continuous monitoring program. This plan and program include incident alerting, comprehensive incident criticality assessments, and escalation processes to support teams, senior leadership, and the Board.
The Company’s cybersecurity team manages all facets of the security monitoring and incident program,
coordinating with Company engineers and other staff, along with third parties as needed, across our operating companies. All company employees are provided cybersecurity awareness training, which includes topics on the Company’s policies and procedures for reporting potential incidents. The Company’s cybersecurity team evaluates emerging risks, regulations, and compliance matters and updates the policies and procedures accordingly on an ongoing basis.
To date, other than the 2020 Incidents, the Company has not experienced a cybersecurity threat or incident that has materially affected or that we believe is reasonably likely to materially affect the Company including its business strategy, results of operations or financial condition. Refer to the risk factor captioned “Cyberattacks and other security breaches or disruptions suffered by us or third parties upon which we rely could have a materially adverse effect on our business, harm our reputation and expose us to public scrutiny and liability.” in Part I, Item 1A. “Risk Factors” for additional description of cybersecurity risks and potential related impacts on the Company.
Governance
The Board oversees the Company’s risk management process, including cybersecurity risks, directly and through its committees. Pursuant to the Audit Committee Charter, the Audit Committee of the Board provides compliance oversight to the Company’s risk assessment and risk management policies, including for cybersecurity, and the steps management has taken to monitor and mitigate cybersecurity exposures and risks.
The Company’s Director of Security and Information Technology (DSIT), in coordination with the Company’s Vice President of Technology, is responsible for leading the assessment and management of cybersecurity risks. The current DSIT has over 18 years of experience in information security. The DSIT reports to the Board and management on cybersecurity risk assessment, policies, incident prevention, detection, mitigation, and remediation of cybersecurity incidents on a quarterly basis or as needed.
54
Item 2. Properties.
We operate out of our headquarters in Los Angeles, California. We maintain two sublease agreements for approximately 9,000 square feet located in Los Angeles, California. The subleases for the Los Angeles spaces are scheduled to expire in December 2025 and October 2028, respectively.
Item 3. Legal Proceedings.
See Note 12, ”Commitments and Contingencies,” to our consolidated financial statements included in this report for information regarding legal proceedings in which we are involved.
Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.
Not applicable.
55
PART II
Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of
Equity Securities. Market Information
Our shares of Dave Class A Common Stock and Public Warrants have traded on Nasdaq under the symbols “DAVE” and “DAVEW,” respectively, since January 6, 2022.
Holders of Record
As of December 31, 2024, there were 55 holders of record of Dave Class A common stock, one holder of record of our Class V common stock and 17 holders of record of the public warrants. The number of record holders is based upon the actual number of holders registered on our books at such date and does not include holders of shares in street name or persons, partnerships, associations, corporations or other entities identified in security position listings maintained by depository trust companies.
Dividend Policy
We have not paid any cash dividends on our Dave Class A Common Stock to date. The payment of cash dividends in the future will be dependent upon our revenues and earnings, if any, capital requirements and general financial condition. The payment of any cash dividends will be within the discretion of our Board at such time. We do not anticipate declaring any cash dividends to holders of our Dave Class A Common Stock in the foreseeable future.
Sales of Unregistered Securities
On January 29, 2024, the Company repurchased the $105.5 million outstanding balance of the convertible note as of December 31, 2023 for $71.0 million. Refer to Note 9 Convertible Note in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2024 contained in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities
None.
Item 6. [Reserved]
56
Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.
The following discussion and analysis of the Company’s financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with our consolidated financial statements and the notes related thereto which are included in “Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data” of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. Certain information contained in the discussion and analysis set forth below includes forward-looking statements. Our actual results may differ materially from those anticipated in these forward-looking statements as a result of many factors, including those set forth under “Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking Statements,” “Item 1A. Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K. On January 5, 2023, the Board of Directors approved an amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation to complete a 1-for-32 reverse stock split effective January 5, 2023. The effects of the reverse stock split have been reflected in the consolidated financial statements and the footnotes.
Overview
Company Overview
Dave was launched in 2017 to provide a faster, more transparent, and lower-cost alternative to traditional financial institutions, particularly for those living paycheck to paycheck. Inspired by the story of David vs. Goliath, we set out to challenge legacy banking by leveraging technology to expand financial access and improve consumer financial health. Through our mobile-first platform, we deliver innovative financial products designed to help underserved consumers manage their money more effectively. Our mission is to level the financial playing field by providing intuitive, transparent, and accessible solutions that empower our Members to navigate life’s financial challenges with confidence.
We have engineered a purpose-driven platform designed to deliver on our mission, making a significant impact across the stakeholder groups we serve. Since our inception, more than 16 million Members have signed up for the Dave app, with over 12 million having used at least one of our products. We have provided Members with more than $15 billion in ExtraCash, offering critical liquidity when they need it most. To further support our communities, we have donated approximately $23 million to charity and important causes since inception.
Customers value our products, as demonstrated by more than 700,000 App Store reviews with an average 4.8-star rating as of February 2025. Our business model is built on transparency and customer alignment and building relationships with our Members that drive positive outcomes for both them and our business.
At the core of our success is a world-class team dedicated to delivering on our mission. Dave has been recognized by Built In as a Best Place to Work for five consecutive years, reinforcing our commitment to both our Members and employees.
Market Opportunity
The U.S. financial system has historically failed to address the needs of the millions of Americans who are living paycheck to paycheck. According to the Financial Health Network (“FHN”) in 2024, approximately 180 million Americans are classified as financially “coping” or “vulnerable” representing over 70% of the U.S. population, up from 66% in 2021. A December 2024 report by PYMNTS also found that 65% of U.S. consumers were living paycheck to paycheck, up from 60% a year earlier. This market includes both young and financially challenged individuals who have trouble managing cash flow, have minimal savings, regularly overdraft, and pay high fees for access to financial services. FHN research estimates there is approximately $38 billion of fees paid annually for access to basic checking services, including account maintenance fees, overdraft fees and ATM fees and that financially vulnerable and coping populations pay over $200 billion in annual fees and interest for short-term credit. We believe these insights are supported by a Dave study of our Members which reveals that traditional financial institutions charge consumers between $350-$400 of fees annually for access to basic checking services. We also believe these trends underscore a growing need for better financial solutions and illustrate the depth of our total addressable market (“TAM”), which we estimate to be approximately 180 million Americans that do not have access to affordable and effective banking solutions.
57
We believe that these high costs are the result of the cost structure of incumbents. With expensive brick-and-mortar bank branch networks, antiquated technology, large employee bases, and inefficient customer acquisition strategies, legacy institutions have significant costs to serve their customers, which drives the high price that customers have to pay for access to their services. By leveraging world-class technology and harnessing the power of data and artificial intelligence, we believe that we have dramatically reduced the costs to serve customers in this market. Through this structural advantage, we are able to provide increased access to banking and credit products at lower costs, resulting in a much stronger value proposition to our Members.
Comparability of Financial Information
Our future results of operations and financial position may not be comparable to historical results as a result of the consummation of the Business Combination.
Key Factors Affecting Operating Results
Our future operating results and cash flows are dependent upon a number of opportunities, challenges and other factors, including Member growth and activity, product expansion, competition, industry trends and general economic conditions.
Member Growth and Activity
We have made significant investments in our platform, and our business is dependent on continued Member growth, as well as our ability to offer new products and services and generate additional revenues from our existing Members using such additional products and services. Member growth and activity are critical to our ability to increase our scale, capture market share and earn an attractive return on our technology, product and marketing investments. Growth in Members and Member activity will depend heavily on our ability to continue to offer attractive products and services and the success of our marketing and Member acquisition efforts.
Product Expansion
We aim to develop and offer a best-in-class financial services platform with integrated products and services that improve the financial well-being of our Members. We have invested and continue to make significant investments in the development, improvement and marketing of our financial products and are focused on continual growth in the number of products we offer that are utilized by our Members.
Competition
We face competition from several financial services-oriented institutions. In our reportable segment, as well as in potential new lines of business, we may compete with more established institutions, some of which have more financial resources. We compete at multiple levels, including competition among other financial institutions and lenders in our ExtraCash business, competition for deposits in and debit card spending from our Dave Banking product from traditional banks and digital banking products and competition for subscribers to our personal financial management tools. Some of our competitors may at times seek to increase their market share by undercutting pricing terms prevalent in that market, which could adversely affect our market share for any of our products and services or require us to incur higher member acquisition costs.
Concentration
We rely on agreements with Evolve, currently our only active bank partner, to provide ExtraCash and other deposit accounts, debit card services and other transaction services to us and our Members. See Part II Item 1A, “Risk Factors” for additional information. Given the size and consistent growth of our Member base as well as how our product capabilities have been expanding, we recently announced an additional financial institution with which we will partner.
58
Industry Trends/General Economic Conditions
We expect economic cycles to affect our business, financial performance, and financial condition. Macroeconomic conditions, including, but not limited to, regulatory uncertainty, fluctuating interest rates, inflation, unemployment rates, and consumer sentiment may impact consumer spending behavior and consumer demand for financial products. Although the Company’s business operations have not been materially impacted as of the date of this report, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected due to the ongoing nature of these macroeconomic factors. Interest rates have remained elevated over the last two years which has increased the costs of borrowing on our Debt Facility. Higher interest rates also often lead to higher payment obligations, which may reduce the ability of Members to repay their ExtraCash and, therefore, lead to increased delinquencies, write-offs and decreased recoveries. We also believe that higher interest rates may increase demand for ExtraCash as consumers seek additional sources of liquidity to help them fund higher costs of living. Additionally, higher levels of unemployment could adversely impact Members’ income levels and, hence, the ability of Members to repay, which could lead to deterioration in credit performance. We believe that our underwriting engine is well positioned to evaluate credit risk in a higher unemployment environment as it analyzes bank account transaction data to assess, nearly in real-time, changes in Members’ income, spending, savings, and employment status. We also believe that demand for ExtraCash may increase in periods of higher unemployment as consumers seek additional sources of liquidity to help them meet their financial obligations.
Key Components of Statements of Operations
Basis of presentation
Currently, we conduct business through one operating segment which constitutes a single reportable segment. For more information about our basis of presentation, refer to Note 2 in the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Dave included in this report.
Service based revenue, net
Service based revenue, net primarily consists of optional express processing fees, optional tips, overdraft service fees and subscriptions charged to Members, net of processor-related costs associated with ExtraCash disbursements. Service based revenue, net also consists of lead generation fees from our Side Hustle advertising partners and revenue share from our surveys partner.
Transaction based revenue, net
Transaction based revenue, net primarily consists of interchange and ATM revenues from our Checking Product, net of interchange and ATM-related fees, fees earned from funding and withdrawal-related transactions, volume support from a certain co-branded agreement, fees earned related to the Rewards Product for Members who make debit card spending transactions at participating merchants and deposit referral fees and are recognized at the point in time the transactions occur, as the performance obligations are satisfied and the variable consideration is not constrained.
Operating expenses
We classify our operating expenses into the following five categories:
Provision for Credit Losses
The provision for credit losses primarily consists of an allowance for expected credit losses at a level estimated to be adequate to absorb credit losses inherent in the outstanding ExtraCash receivables, inclusive of outstanding processing fees and tips along with outstanding amounts aged over 120 days or which become uncollectible based on information available to us during the period. We currently estimate the allowance balance required using historical loss and collections experience, and, if relevant, the nature and volume of the portfolio, economic conditions, and other factors such as collections trends and cash collections received subsequent to the balance sheet date. Changes to the allowance have a direct impact on the provision for credit losses in the consolidated statement of operations.
59
We consider ExtraCash receivables, aged more than 120 days or which become uncollectible based on information available to us as impaired. All impaired ExtraCash receivables, are deemed uncollectible and subsequently written off and are a direct reduction to the allowance for credit losses. Subsequent recoveries, if any, of Member ExtraCash receivables, written-off are recorded as a reduction to ExtraCash receivables, resulting in a reduction to the allowance for credit losses and a corresponding reduction to the provision for credit losses in the consolidated statements of operations when collected.
Processing and Servicing Costs
Processing and servicing fees consist of fees paid to our processing partners for the recovery of ExtraCash, optional tips, optional express processing fees, overdraft service fees and subscriptions. These expenses also include fees paid for services to connect Members’ bank accounts to our application. Except for processing and servicing fees associated with ExtraCash originations which are recorded net against revenue, all other processing and service fees are expensed as incurred.
Advertising and Marketing
Advertising and marketing expenses consist primarily of fees we pay to our advertising and marketing platform partners. We incur advertising, marketing and production-related expenses for online, social media and television advertising and for partnerships and promotional advertising. Advertising and marketing expenses are expensed as incurred although they typically deliver a benefit over an extended period.
Compensation and Benefits
Compensation and benefits expenses represent the compensation, inclusive of stock-based compensation and benefits, that we provide to our employees and the payments we make to third-party contractors. While we have an in-house customer service function, we employ third-party contractors to conduct call center operations and handle routine customer service inquiries and support.
Other Operating Expenses
Other operating expenses consist primarily of technology and infrastructure (third-party Software as a Service or “SaaS”), commitments to charity, checking product costs (program expenses, association fees, processor fees, losses from Member-disputed transactions, bank card fees and fraud), depreciation and amortization of property and equipment and intangible assets, legal fees, rent, certain sales tax related costs, office related expenses, public relations costs, professional services fees, travel and entertainment, and insurance. Costs associated with technology and infrastructure (third-party SaaS), depreciation and amortization of property and equipment and intangible assets, legal fees, rent, office related expenses, public relations costs, professional services fees, travel and entertainment, and insurance vary based upon our investment in infrastructure, business development, risk management and internal controls and are generally not correlated with our operating revenues or other transaction metrics.
Other (income) expenses
Other (income) expenses consist of interest income, interest expense, gain on extinguishment of convertible debt, earnout liabilities fair value adjustments and changes in fair value of warrant liabilities.
Provision for income taxes
Provision for income taxes consists of the federal and state corporate income taxes accrued on income resulting from the sale of our services.
60
Results of Operations
Comparison of the Years Ended December 31, 2024 and 2023
Operating revenues
|
|
For the Year Ended |
|
|
Change |
|
||||||||||
(in thousands, except for percentages) |
|
December 31, |
|
|
$ |
|
|
% |
|
|||||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2024/2023 |
|
|
2024/2023 |
|
||||
Service based revenue, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Processing fees, net |
|
$ |
218,802 |
|
|
$ |
152,490 |
|
|
$ |
66,312 |
|
|
|
43 |
% |
Tips |
|
|
67,563 |
|
|
|
56,945 |
|
|
|
10,618 |
|
|
|
19 |
% |
Subscriptions |
|
|
24,599 |
|
|
|
21,483 |
|
|
|
3,116 |
|
|
|
15 |
% |
Other |
|
|
462 |
|
|
|
1,323 |
|
|
|
(861 |
) |
|
|
-65 |
% |
Transaction based revenue, net |
|
|
35,650 |
|
|
|
26,852 |
|
|
|
8,798 |
|
|
|
33 |
% |
Total |
|
$ |
347,076 |
|
|
$ |
259,093 |
|
|
$ |
87,983 |
|
|
|
34 |
% |
Service based revenue, net—
Processing fees, net
Processing fees, net of processor costs associated with ExtraCash originations, for the year ended December 31, 2024 were $218.8 million, an increase of $66.3 million, or 43%, from $152.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was primarily attributable to increases in transacting Members, increases in total ExtraCash origination volume from approximately $3.6 billion to approximately $5.1 billion year over year and average ExtraCash origination amounts that increased from $152 to $170 as of the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively.
As a percentage of total ExtraCash volume, processing fees remained relatively flat, year over year. Additionally, the average processing fees Members paid to expedite ExtraCash increased modestly, while the percentage of Members that chose to pay a processing fee to expedite ExtraCash remained relatively flat for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, respectively. Going forward, we expect processing fees to increase as expedited ExtraCash volume and average expedited ExtraCash sizes increase, however, processing fees have not always trended ratably. Prior to the implementation of percentage-based processing fees in late 2023, processing fees did not scale ratably with expedited ExtraCash origination amounts.
Tips
Tips for the year ended December 31, 2024 were $67.6 million, an increase of $10.6 million, or 19%, from $56.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was primarily attributable to higher tips from Members due primarily to increases in transacting Members, increases in total ExtraCash origination volume from approximately $3.6 billion to approximately $5.1 billion year over year and average ExtraCash origination amounts that increased from $152 to $170 as of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
As a percentage of total ExtraCash volume, tips decreased from 1.57% to 1.33% for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. The average tip Members chose to leave increased modestly while the percentage of Members that chose to leave a tip decreased modestly for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. Tip amounts may not always trend ratably as tips can vary depending on the total amount of the ExtraCash, amount of tips Members choose to leave and the percentage of Members who leave a tip.
Subscriptions
Subscriptions for the year ended December 31, 2024 were $24.6 million, an increase of $3.1 million, or 15%, from $21.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was primarily attributable to an increase in paying Members on our platform.
61
Other
Other revenue for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $0.5 million, a decrease of $0.9 million, or 65% from $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease was primarily attributable to lower revenues resulting from the elimination of our Legacy Rewards product in 2023.
Transaction based revenue, net
Transaction based revenue, net for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $35.7 million, an increase of $8.8 million, or 33%, from $26.9 million, for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was primarily attributable to interchange revenue earned from the growth in Members engaging with our Checking Product and card spend of $1.9 billion for the year ended December 31, 2024, an increase of 40%, from $1.4 billion for the year ended December 31, 2023, in addition to increases in fees earned from Members' funding and withdrawal-related transactions, offset by an increase of $1.2 million in interest due to Members.
Operating expenses
|
|
For the Year Ended |
|
|
Change |
|
||||||||||
(in thousands, except for percentages) |
|
December 31, |
|
|
$ |
|
|
% |
|
|||||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2024/2023 |
|
|
2024/2023 |
|
||||
Provision for credit losses |
|
$ |
54,626 |
|
|
$ |
58,386 |
|
|
$ |
(3,760 |
) |
|
|
-6 |
% |
Processing and servicing costs |
|
|
30,377 |
|
|
|
28,926 |
|
|
|
1,451 |
|
|
|
5 |
% |
Advertising and marketing |
|
|
44,904 |
|
|
|
48,392 |
|
|
|
(3,488 |
) |
|
|
-7 |
% |
Compensation and benefits |
|
|
107,028 |
|
|
|
94,910 |
|
|
|
12,118 |
|
|
|
13 |
% |
Other operating expenses |
|
|
75,530 |
|
|
|
70,679 |
|
|
|
4,851 |
|
|
|
7 |
% |
Total |
|
$ |
312,465 |
|
|
$ |
301,293 |
|
|
$ |
11,172 |
|
|
|
4 |
% |
Provision for credit losses—The provision for credit losses totaled $54.6 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $58.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease of $3.8 million, or 6%, was primarily attributable to a decrease of $10.3 million related to ExtraCash receivables aged over 120 days and those that have become uncollectible based on information available to us, offset by an increase in provision expense of $6.6 million related to ExtraCash receivables aged 120 days and under.
The decrease in provision expense of $10.3 million related to ExtraCash receivables aged over 120 days and those which have become uncollectible based on information available to us, period over period was attributed to improved collections performance due primarily to underwriting modifications related to ExtraCash eligibility requirements and risk detection. This decrease in provision expense occurred despite increases in transacting Members, average ExtraCash originations from $152 to $170 and total ExtraCash origination volume from $3.6 billion to approximately $5.1 billion for the years ended December 31, 2023 and 2024, respectively. All impaired ExtraCash receivables deemed uncollectible are subsequently written-off and are a direct reduction to the allowance for credit losses.
The increase in provision expense of $6.6 million related to ExtraCash receivables aged 120 days and under was primarily attributed to an increase in receivables outstanding related to the 43% increase in ExtraCash origination volume, offset by improved collections performance during the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. This resulted in an increase to the allowance for credit losses and corresponding increase in provision expense during the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to December 31, 2023. We anticipate volatility in ExtraCash receivables outstanding each period as they are directly correlated with the timing and volume of Member ExtraCash originations and collections during the last 120 days prior to the end of the period.
Historical loss and collections rates utilized in the calculation of the provision for credit losses improved slightly as compared to historical rates due to continued improvement in historical collections performance. Any changes to our historical loss and collections experience directly affect the historical loss rates utilized in the calculation of the allowance for credit losses.
62
The changes in the allowance for credit losses, period over period, have a direct impact on the provision for credit losses.
For information on the aging of ExtraCash receivables and a roll-forward of the allowance for credit losses, refer to the tables in Note 5 ExtraCash Receivables, Net in the accompanying consolidated financial statements of Dave included in this report.
Processing and service costs—Processing and servicing costs totaled $30.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $28.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase of $1.5 million, or 5%, was primarily driven by an increase in process transaction volume year over year, offset by technology enhancements made to our ExtraCash payments structure along with discounts and cost savings due to rebates and price reductions from our processors.
Advertising and marketing—Advertising and marketing expenses totaled $44.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $48.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease of $3.5 million, or 7%, was primarily attributable to reductions in our non-media marketing spend including our brand refresh, efficiencies achieved by partnering with new marketing agencies, and optimizing our promotion strategy. We also improved the efficiency of our media investment by reallocating marketing spend to more efficient channels via improved measurement, tracking and attribution.
Compensation and benefits—Compensation and benefits expenses totaled $107.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $94.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase of $12.1 million, or 13%, was primarily attributable to the following:
Other operating expenses—Other operating expenses totaled $75.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $70.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase of $4.9 million, or 7%, was primarily attributable to the following:
63
Other (income) expense
|
|
For the Year Ended |
|
|
Change |
|
||||||||||
(in thousands, except for percentages) |
|
December 31, |
|
|
$ |
|
|
% |
|
|||||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2024/2023 |
|
|
2024/2023 |
|
||||
Interest income |
|
$ |
(2,984 |
) |
|
$ |
(5,295 |
) |
|
$ |
2,311 |
|
|
|
-44 |
% |
Interest expense |
|
|
7,989 |
|
|
|
11,774 |
|
|
|
(3,785 |
) |
|
|
-32 |
% |
Gain on extinguishment of convertible debt |
|
|
(33,442 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(33,442 |
) |
|
|
-100 |
% |
Changes in fair value of earnout liabilities |
|
|
965 |
|
|
|
(22 |
) |
|
|
987 |
|
|
|
-4486 |
% |
Changes in fair value of public and private warrant liabilities |
|
|
1,729 |
|
|
|
(260 |
) |
|
|
1,989 |
|
|
|
-765 |
% |
Total |
|
$ |
(25,743 |
) |
|
$ |
6,197 |
|
|
$ |
(31,940 |
) |
|
|
-515 |
% |
Interest income— Interest income totaled $3.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $5.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease of $2.3 million, or 44%, was primarily attributable to an average lower balance of investments held during the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023.
Interest expense— Interest expense totaled $8.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $11.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The decrease of $3.8 million, or 32%, was primarily attributable to a reduction of interest expense related to the repurchase of the convertible note with FTX Ventures Ltd. in January 2024.
Gain on extinguishment of convertible debt— The gain on extinguishment of convertible debt totaled $33.4 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to $0 for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase was primarily attributable to the repurchase of the $105.7 million outstanding balance of the convertible note with FTX Ventures Ltd. for $71.0 million in January 2024. The gain was reduced by unamortized debt issuance costs of $0.03 million at the extinguishment date and third-party costs totaling $1.3 million in conjunction with the settlement of the convertible note.
Changes in fair value of earnout liability—Changes in fair value of earnout liabilities totaled an expense of $1.0 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to a benefit of $0.02 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. The increase of $1.0 million, was primarily attributable to fair value adjustments associated with certain earnout shares liability due to increases in our underlying Class A Common Stock price as of the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023.
Changes in fair value of warrant liability—Changes in fair value of warrant liability totaled an expense of $1.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, compared to total a benefit of $0.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. The increase in expense of $2.0 million, or 765%, was primarily attributable to fair value adjustments associated with our public and private warrant liabilities due to increases in our publicly traded warrants price and underlying Class A Common Stock price for the year ended December 31, 2024 as compared to the year ended December 31, 2023.
Provision for income taxes
64
|
|
For the Year Ended |
|
|
Change |
|
||||||||||
(in thousands, except for percentages) |
|
December 31, |
|
|
$ |
|
|
% |
|
|||||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
|
2024/2023 |
|
|
2024/2023 |
|
||||
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
2,481 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
|
|
2,361 |
|
|
|
1968 |
% |
Total |
|
$ |
2,481 |
|
|
$ |
120 |
|
|
$ |
2,361 |
|
|
|
1968 |
% |
Provision for income taxes for the year ended December 31, 2024 increased by approximately $2.4 million compared to the year ended December 31, 2023. This increase was primarily due to a significant increase in income for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, including a nonrecurring gain on extinguishment of convertible debt of $33.4 million.
Comparison of Years Ended December 31, 2023 and 2022
A discussion regarding our results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2023 compared to the results for the year ended December 31, 2022 can be found under “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations of Dave – Results of Operations” in our Form 10-K filed with the SEC on March 5, 2024, which is available on the SEC’s website at www.sec.gov.
Non-GAAP Financial Measures
In addition to our results determined in accordance with GAAP, we believe the following non-GAAP measure is useful in evaluating our operational performance. We use the following non-GAAP measure to evaluate our ongoing operations and for internal planning and forecasting purposes. We believe that the non-GAAP financial information may be helpful in assessing our operating performance and facilitates an alternative comparison among fiscal periods. The non-GAAP financial measure is not, and should not be viewed as, a substitute for GAAP reporting measures.
Adjusted EBITDA
“Adjusted EBITDA” is defined as net income (loss) adjusted for interest expense, net, provision for income taxes, depreciation and amortization, stock-based compensation and other discretionary items determined by management. Adjusted EBITDA is intended as a supplemental measure of our performance that is neither required by, nor presented in accordance with, GAAP. We believe that the use of Adjusted EBITDA provides an additional tool for investors to use in evaluating ongoing operating results and trends and in comparing our financial measures with those of comparable companies, which may present similar non-GAAP financial measures to investors. However, you should be aware that, when evaluating Adjusted EBITDA, we may incur future expenses similar to those excluded when calculating these measures. In addition, our presentation of these measures should not be construed as an inference that our future results will be unaffected by unusual or non-recurring items. Our computation of Adjusted EBITDA may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures computed by other companies, because all companies may not calculate Adjusted EBITDA in the same fashion.
Because of these limitations, Adjusted EBITDA should not be considered in isolation or as a substitute for performance measures calculated in accordance with GAAP. We compensate for these limitations by relying primarily on our GAAP results and using Adjusted EBITDA on a supplemental basis. The reconciliation of net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA below should be reviewed, and no single financial measure should be relied upon to evaluate our business.
65
The following table reconciles net income (loss) to Adjusted EBITDA for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:
|
|
For the Year Ended |
|
|||||
(in thousands) |
|
December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
57,873 |
|
|
$ |
(48,517 |
) |
Interest expense, net |
|
|
5,005 |
|
|
|
6,479 |
|
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
2,481 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
7,540 |
|
|
|
5,450 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
37,327 |
|
|
|
26,674 |
|
Legal settlement and litigation accrual |
|
|
7,000 |
|
|
|
- |
|
Gain on extinguishment of convertible debt |
|
|
(33,442 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
Changes in fair value of earnout liabilities |
|
|
965 |
|
|
|
(22 |
) |
Changes in fair value of public and private warrant liabilities |
|
|
1,729 |
|
|
|
(260 |
) |
Adjusted EBITDA (loss) |
|
$ |
86,478 |
|
|
$ |
(10,076 |
) |
Liquidity and Capital Resources
In the past, we have financed our operations primarily from cash receipts from service and transaction-based revenues, equity financings, borrowings under the Debt Facility, issuances of convertible notes and funds received as a result of the business combination. As of December 31, 2024 and 2023, our cash and cash equivalents, marketable securities and investments balance was $90.3 million and $155.9 million, respectively.
As an early-stage company, the expenses we have incurred since inception are consistent with our strategy and approach to capital allocation. We expect to incur significant expenses in accordance with our operating plan as we continue to expand and improve upon our financial platform.
Our ability to access capital when needed is not assured and, if capital is not available to us when, and in the amounts needed, we could be required to delay, scale back or abandon some or all of our development programs and other operations, which could materially harm our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.
We believe that our cash on hand should be sufficient to meet our working capital and capital expenditure requirements and fund our operations for a period of at least 12 months from the date of this report. We may raise additional capital through private or public equity or debt financings. The amount and timing of our future funding requirements, if any, will depend on many factors, including the pace and results of our product development efforts. No assurances can be provided that additional funding will be available at terms acceptable to us, if at all. If we are unable to raise additional capital, we may significantly curtail our operations, modify existing strategic plans and/or dispose of certain operations or assets.
As of December 31, 2024, we were not in compliance with a specific debt covenant under our existing Debt Facility with Victory Park Management, LLC (“Agent”). In particular, a breach existed relating to the Minimum Receivable Loan-to-Value ("LTV Ratio"), which exceeded the allowable limits set forth in the covenant. The Agent, on behalf of its lenders, provided a one-time limited waiver of this covenant, effective from October 18, 2024 until June 30, 2025. This waiver is solely for that period and for addressing this specific breach, and does not constitute a waiver of any default or event of default under the Debt Facility.
Material Cash Requirements
In the normal course of business, we enter into various agreements with our vendors that may subject us to minimum annual requirements. While our contractual commitments will have an impact on our future liquidity, we believe that we will be able to adequately fulfill these obligations through cash generated from operations and from our existing cash balances.
66
Dave does not have any “off-balance sheet arrangements,” as defined by the SEC regulations.
Although we have fully implemented our remote employee workforce strategy in the U.S., we have not closed our leased office locations. We are required to continue making our contractual payments until our operating leases are formally terminated or expire. Our remaining leases have terms of approximately 1 to 4 years as of December 31, 2024, and we had a total lease liability of $0.6 million. See Note 13, Leases in the notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional information regarding our lease liabilities as of December 31, 2024.
In the near term, we expect to continue to generate ExtraCash originations relying primarily on our balance sheet cash and Debt Facility, as needed. Interest payments on term loan borrowings under the Debt Facility are required to be made on a monthly basis. At December 31, 2024, $75.0 million of term loans under the Debt Facility were outstanding. See Note 11, Debt Facility in the notes to our consolidated financial statements in this report.
Additionally, we also had certain contractual payment obligations for interest owed under the $100.0 million Note we issued and sold pursuant to the Note Purchase Agreement entered into with FTX Ventures. Interest payments relating to the Note were required to be made or added to the outstanding principal on a semi-annual basis. On January 29, 2024, we repurchased the $105.5 million outstanding balance of the Note as of December 31, 2023 for $71.0 million. For more information on the Note Purchase Agreement with FTX Ventures, see Note 9, Convertible Note.
We may use cash to acquire businesses and technologies. The nature of these potential transactions, however, makes it difficult to predict the amount and timing of such cash requirements.
Cash Flows Summary
(in thousands) |
|
For the Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
Total cash provided by (used in): |
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Operating activities |
|
$ |
125,137 |
|
|
$ |
33,754 |
|
Investing activities |
|
|
(45,843 |
) |
|
|
(14,375 |
) |
Financing activities |
|
|
(70,995 |
) |
|
|
22 |
|
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash |
|
$ |
8,299 |
|
|
$ |
19,401 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Cash Flows From Operating Activities
We recorded net income of $57.9 million for the year ended December 31, 2024, and a net loss of $48.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2023. We reported cash flows provided by operating activities of $125.1 million for the year ended December 31, 2024 and cash flows provided by operating activities of $33.8 million for the year ended December 31, 2023.
During the year ended December 31, 2024, cash provided by operating activities increased compared to the year ended December 31, 2023 due to decreases in the provision for credit losses, processing costs, marketing and compensation and benefits across the organization. Net cash provided by operating activities for the year ended December 31, 2024 included net income of $57.9 million, and excluding non-cash impacts, included an increase in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $8.2 million and an increase in receivables related to revenue from ExtraCash of $6.2 million. These changes were offset by an increase in accrued expenses of $4.1 million, an increase in legal settlement accrual of $3.8 million, an increase in non-current liabilities of $2.9 million, an increase in accounts payable of $1.3 million, an increase in other current liabilities of $0.3 million and a decrease in prepaid income taxes of $0.1 million.
67
During the year ended December 31, 2023, cash provided by operating activities increased compared to the year ended December 31, 2022 due to decreases in the provision for credit losses, processing costs, marketing and compensation and benefits across the organization. Excluding non-cash impacts, changes in cash flows from operations included an increase in receivables related to revenue from ExtraCash receivables of $4.1 million, a decrease in accounts payable of $5.9 million, a decrease in legal settlement accrual of $6.1 million, and a decrease in other current liabilities of $0.5 million. These changes were offset primarily by a decrease in prepaid income taxes of 0.7 million, a decrease in prepaid expenses and other current assets of $3.3 million and an increase in accrued expenses of $1.7 million.
Cash Flows From Investing Activities
During the year ended December 31, 2024, net cash used in investing activities was $45.8 million. This amount included payments for internally developed software costs of $7.3 million, the purchase of property and equipment of $0.3 million, net ExtraCash originations and collections of $111.5 million, the purchase of investments of $111.3 million, and the purchase of marketable securities of $59.3 million, offset by the sale of marketable securities of $60.1 million and the sale and maturity of investments of $183.7 million.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, net cash used in investing activities was $14.4 million. This amount included payments for internally developed software costs of $7.9 million, the purchase of property and equipment of $0.7 million, net ExtraCash originations and collections of $63.0 million, the purchase of investments of $120.0 million, and the purchase of marketable securities of $34.4 million, offset by the sale of marketable securities of $33.7 million and the sale and maturity of investments of $177.9 million.
Cash Flows From Financing Activities
During the year ended December 31, 2024, net cash used in financing activities was $71.0 million, which primarily consisted of the $72.3 million paydown of the convertible note with FTX Ventures Ltd. and associated costs, offset by $1.3 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock for stock option exercises.
During the year ended December 31, 2023, net cash provided by financing activities was $0.02 million, which primarily consisted of payments of $0.01 million for fractional shares that resulted from our reserve stock spilt and $0.03 million in proceeds from the issuance of common stock for stock option exercises.
Critical Accounting Estimates
Our consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires us to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported revenues and expenses incurred during the reporting periods. Our estimates are based on our historical experience and on various other factors that we believe are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. Our critical accounting estimates and assumptions are evaluated on an ongoing basis, including those related to the following:
(i) Allowance for credit losses; and
(ii) Income taxes.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions. We believe that the accounting estimates discussed below are critical to understanding our historical and future performance, as these estimates relate to the more significant areas involving management’s judgments and estimates. Please refer to Note 2 in our accompanying consolidated financial statements for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
While our significant accounting estimates are described in the notes to our consolidated financial statements, we believe that the following accounting estimates require a greater degree of judgment and complexity and are the most critical to understanding our financial condition and historical and future results of operations.
68
Allowance for Credit Losses
ExtraCash receivables from contracts with Members as of the balance sheet dates are recorded at their original receivable amounts reduced by an allowance for expected credit losses. We pool our ExtraCash receivables, all of which are short-term in nature and arise from contracts with Members, based on shared risk characteristics to assess their risk of loss, even when that risk is remote. We use an aging method and historical loss rates as a basis for estimating the percentage of current and delinquent ExtraCash receivables balances that will result in credit losses. We consider whether the conditions at the measurement date and reasonable and supportable forecasts about future conditions warrant an adjustment to our historical loss experience. In assessing such adjustments, we primarily evaluate current economic conditions, expectations of near-term economic trends and changes in customer payment terms and collection trends. For the measurement dates presented herein, given our methods of collecting funds, and that we have not observed meaningful changes in our customers’ payment behavior, we determined that our historical loss rates remained most indicative of our lifetime expected losses. We immediately recognize an allowance for expected credit losses upon the origination of the ExtraCash receivable. Adjustments to the allowance each period for changes in the estimate of lifetime expected credit losses are recognized in operating expenses—provision for credit losses in the consolidated statements of operations.
When we determine that an ExtraCash receivable is not collectible, the uncollectible amount is written-off as a reduction to both the allowance and the gross asset balance. Subsequent recoveries are recorded when received and are recorded as a recovery of the allowance for expected credit losses. Any change in circumstances related to a specific ExtraCash receivable may result in an additional allowance for expected credit losses being recognized in the period in which the change occurs.
Income Taxes
We follow ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are based on the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the period in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent management concludes it is more-likely-than-not that the asset will not be realized.
ASC 740 provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more-likely-than-not that the position will be sustained in a court of last resort, based on the technical merits. If more-likely-than-not, the amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized upon examination, including compromise settlements. For tax positions not meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, no tax benefit is recorded. We have estimated $2.0 million and $1.3 million of uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, related to state income taxes and federal and state research and development tax credits.
We are subject to income tax in jurisdictions in which we operate, including the United States. For U.S. income tax purposes, we are taxed as a Subchapter C corporation.
We recognize deferred taxes for temporary differences between the basis of assets and liabilities for financial statement and income tax purposes. We recorded a valuation allowance against our deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities, at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023. Based upon management’s assessment of all available evidence, we have concluded that it is more-likely-than-not that the deferred tax assets, net of deferred tax liabilities, will not be realized.
Emerging Growth Company Status
We are an “emerging growth company” as defined in Section 2(a) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and have elected to take advantage of the benefits of the extended transition period for new or revised financial accounting standards. We expect to remain an emerging growth company until December 31, 2025 and to continue to take advantage of the benefits of the extended transition period, although we may decide to early adopt such new or revised accounting standards to the extent permitted by such standards.
69
We expect to use this extended transition period for complying with new or revised accounting standards that have different effective dates for public and non-public companies until the earlier of the date we (i) are no longer an emerging growth company or (ii) affirmatively and irrevocably opt out of the extended transition period provided in the JOBS Act. This may make it difficult or impossible to compare our financial results with the financial results of another public company that is either not an emerging growth company or is an emerging growth company that has chosen not to take advantage of the extended transition period exemptions because of the potential differences in accounting standards used. See Note 2 of our accompanying consolidated financial statements included in this report for the recent accounting pronouncements adopted and the recent accounting pronouncements not yet adopted for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
In addition, we intend to rely on the other exemptions and reduced reporting requirements provided by the JOBS Act for emerging growth companies. Subject to certain conditions set forth in the JOBS Act, if we intend to rely on such exemptions, we are not required to, among other things: (a) provide an auditor’s attestation report on our system of internal control over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act; (b) provide all of the compensation disclosure that may be required of non-emerging growth public companies under the Dodd- Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act; (c) comply with any requirement that may be adopted by the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board regarding mandatory audit firm rotation or a supplement to the auditor’s report providing additional information about the consolidated financial statements (auditor discussion and analysis); and (d) disclose certain executive compensation-related items such as the correlation between executive compensation and performance and comparisons of the Chief Executive Officer’s compensation to median employee compensation.
We will remain an emerging growth company under the JOBS Act until the earliest of (1) the last day of the fiscal year (a) following March 4, 2026, (b) in which we have total annual gross revenue of at least $1.235 billion, (c) in which we are deemed to be a “large accelerated filer” under the rules of the SEC, which means the market value of our common equity that is held by non-affiliates exceeds $700 million as of the end of the prior fiscal year’s second fiscal quarter; and (2) the date on which we have issued more than $1.0 billion in non-convertible debt securities during the previous three years.
Recently Issued Accounting Standards
Refer to Note 2, “Significant Accounting Policies,” of our consolidated financial statements included in this report for a discussion of the impact of recent accounting pronouncements.
Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.
Not required for smaller reporting companies.
70
Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.
DAVE INC.
INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
71
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
To the shareholders and the Board of Directors of Dave Inc.
Opinion on the Financial Statements
We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Dave Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows, for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the "financial statements"). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the two years in the period ended December 31, 2024, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.
Basis for Opinion
These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB) and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.
We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. As part of our audits, we are required to obtain an understanding of internal control over financial reporting but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion.
Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
/S/ Deloitte & Touche LLP
Los Angeles, California
March 4, 2025
We have served as the Company's auditor since 2022.
72
Dave Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands; except share data)
|
December 31, |
|
|
December 31, |
|
||
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Current assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Cash and cash equivalents |
$ |
49,718 |
|
|
$ |
41,759 |
|
Marketable securities |
|
97 |
|
|
|
952 |
|
ExtraCash receivables, net of allowance for credit losses of $22,703 and $20,310 as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively |
|
175,857 |
|
|
|
112,846 |
|
Investments |
|
40,473 |
|
|
|
113,226 |
|
Prepaid income taxes |
|
- |
|
|
|
148 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
16,127 |
|
|
|
7,955 |
|
Total current assets |
|
282,272 |
|
|
|
276,886 |
|
Property and equipment, net |
|
704 |
|
|
|
1,118 |
|
Lease right-of-use assets (related-party of $507 and $773 as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively) |
|
507 |
|
|
|
773 |
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
13,642 |
|
|
|
13,206 |
|
Debt facility commitment fee, long-term |
|
163 |
|
|
|
318 |
|
Restricted cash |
|
1,659 |
|
|
|
1,319 |
|
Other non-current assets |
|
380 |
|
|
|
403 |
|
Total assets |
$ |
299,327 |
|
|
$ |
294,023 |
|
Liabilities, and stockholders’ equity |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Current liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accounts payable |
|
6,767 |
|
|
$ |
5,485 |
|
Accrued expenses |
|
16,707 |
|
|
|
12,626 |
|
Lease liabilities, short-term (related-party of $350 and $298 as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively) |
|
350 |
|
|
|
298 |
|
Legal settlement accrual |
|
7,105 |
|
|
|
3,330 |
|
Other current liabilities |
|
4,132 |
|
|
|
3,865 |
|
Total current liabilities |
|
35,061 |
|
|
|
25,604 |
|
Lease liabilities, long-term (related-party of $204 and $543 as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively) |
|
204 |
|
|
|
543 |
|
Debt facility, long-term |
|
75,000 |
|
|
|
75,000 |
|
Convertible debt, long-term |
|
- |
|
|
|
105,451 |
|
Warrant and earnout liabilities |
|
2,928 |
|
|
|
233 |
|
Other non-current liabilities |
|
3,033 |
|
|
|
129 |
|
Total liabilities |
$ |
116,226 |
|
|
$ |
206,960 |
|
Commitments and contingencies (Note 12) |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Stockholders’ equity: |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Preferred stock, par value per share $0.0001, 10,000,000 shares authorized; 0 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 |
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
Class A common stock, par value per share $0.0001, 500,000,000 shares authorized; 11,551,528 and 10,683,736 shares issued at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively; 11,501,965 and 10,634,173 shares outstanding at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 |
|
1 |
|
|
|
1 |
|
Class V common stock, par value per share $0.0001, 100,000,000 shares authorized; 1,514,082 shares issued and outstanding at December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively; |
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
335,326 |
|
|
|
296,733 |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive gain |
|
221 |
|
|
|
649 |
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
(152,447 |
) |
|
|
(210,320 |
) |
Total stockholders’ equity |
$ |
183,101 |
|
|
$ |
87,063 |
|
Total liabilities, and stockholders’ equity |
$ |
299,327 |
|
|
$ |
294,023 |
|
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
73
Dave Inc.
Consolidated Balance Sheets, Continued
(in thousands; except share data)
The following table presents the assets and liabilities of a consolidated variable interest entity (“VIE”), which are included in the consolidated balance sheets above. The assets in the table below may only be used to settle obligations of consolidated VIEs and are in excess of those obligations. All intercompany accounts have been eliminated.
|
|
As of December 31, 2024 |
|
|
As of December 31, 2023 |
|
||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
46,106 |
|
|
$ |
37,684 |
|
Investments |
|
|
19,163 |
|
|
|
21,264 |
|
ExtraCash receivables, net of allowance for credit losses |
|
|
158,447 |
|
|
|
95,812 |
|
Debt facility commitment fee, current |
|
|
155 |
|
|
|
139 |
|
Debt facility commitment fee, long-term |
|
|
163 |
|
|
|
318 |
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
224,034 |
|
|
$ |
155,217 |
|
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Accounts payable |
|
|
605 |
|
|
|
661 |
|
Long-term debt facility |
|
|
75,000 |
|
|
|
75,000 |
|
Total liabilities |
|
$ |
75,605 |
|
|
$ |
75,661 |
|
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
74
Dave Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(in thousands; except share data)
|
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Operating revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Service based revenue, net |
|
|
$ |
311,426 |
|
|
$ |
232,241 |
|
Transaction based revenue, net |
|
|
|
35,650 |
|
|
$ |
26,852 |
|
Total operating revenues, net |
|
|
|
347,076 |
|
|
|
259,093 |
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Provision for credit losses |
|
|
|
54,626 |
|
|
|
58,386 |
|
Processing and servicing costs |
|
|
|
30,377 |
|
|
|
28,926 |
|
Advertising and marketing |
|
|
|
44,904 |
|
|
|
48,392 |
|
Compensation and benefits |
|
|
|
107,028 |
|
|
|
94,910 |
|
Other operating expenses |
|
|
|
75,530 |
|
|
|
70,679 |
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
|
312,465 |
|
|
|
301,293 |
|
Other (income) expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Interest income |
|
|
|
(2,984 |
) |
|
|
(5,295 |
) |
Interest expense |
|
|
|
7,989 |
|
|
|
11,774 |
|
Gain on extinguishment of convertible debt |
|
|
|
(33,442 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
Changes in fair value of earnout liabilities |
|
|
|
965 |
|
|
|
(22 |
) |
Changes in fair value of public and private warrant liabilities |
|
|
|
1,729 |
|
|
|
(260 |
) |
Total other (income) expense, net |
|
|
|
(25,743 |
) |
|
|
6,197 |
|
Net income (loss) before provision for income taxes |
|
|
|
60,354 |
|
|
|
(48,397 |
) |
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
|
2,481 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
Net income (loss) |
|
|
$ |
57,873 |
|
|
$ |
(48,517 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net income (loss) per share: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Basic |
|
|
$ |
4.62 |
|
|
$ |
(4.07 |
) |
Diluted |
|
|
$ |
4.19 |
|
|
$ |
(4.07 |
) |
Weighted-average shares used to compute net income (loss) per share |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Basic |
|
|
|
12,520,789 |
|
|
|
11,934,699 |
|
Diluted |
|
|
|
13,822,582 |
|
|
|
11,934,699 |
|
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
75
Dave Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss)
(in thousands)
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, |
|
||||
|
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
57,873 |
|
$ |
(48,517 |
) |
Other comprehensive gain (loss): |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Unrealized gain (loss) on available-for-sale securities |
|
|
(428 |
) |
|
2,324 |
|
Comprehensive income (loss) |
|
$ |
57,445 |
|
$ |
(46,193 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
76
Dave Inc.
Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Equity
(in thousands, except share data)
|
Common stock |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Class A |
|
|
Class V |
|
Additional paid-in capital |
|
Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) |
|
Accumulated deficit |
|
Total stockholders’ equity |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
Shares |
|
Amount |
|
|
Shares |
|
Amount |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||||||||
Balance at January 1, 2023 |
|
10,284,657 |
|
$ |
1 |
|
|
|
1,514,082 |
|
$ |
- |
|
$ |
270,037 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
(1,675 |
) |
$ |
(161,803 |
) |
$ |
106,560 |
|
|
Issuance of Class A common stock in connection with stock plans |
|
349,516 |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
34 |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
34 |
|
|
Payment for fractional shares after reverse stock split |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
(12 |
) |
|||||||
Stock-based compensation |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
26,674 |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
26,674 |
|
|
Unrealized gain on available-for-sale securities |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
2,324 |
|
- |
|
|
2,324 |
|
||
Net loss |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
(48,517 |
) |
|
(48,517 |
) |
|
Balance at December 31, 2023 |
|
10,634,173 |
|
$ |
1 |
|
|
|
1,514,082 |
|
$ |
- |
|
$ |
296,733 |
|
|
|
|
$ |
649 |
|
$ |
(210,320 |
) |
$ |
87,063 |
|
|
Issuance of Class A common stock in connection with stock plans |
|
867,792 |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
1,266 |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
- |
|
|
1,266 |
|
||
Stock-based compensation |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
37,327 |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
- |
|
|
37,327 |
|
||
Unrealized loss on available-for-sale securities |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
(428 |
) |
- |
|
|
(428 |
) |
||
Net income |
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
|
|
- |
|
|
57,873 |
|
|
57,873 |
|
|
Balance at December 31, 2024 |
|
11,501,965 |
|
|
1 |
|
|
|
1,514,082 |
|
|
- |
|
|
335,326 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
221 |
|
|
(152,447 |
) |
|
183,101 |
|
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
77
Dave Inc.
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Operating activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
57,873 |
|
|
$ |
(48,517 |
) |
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash used in operating activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Depreciation and amortization |
|
|
7,681 |
|
|
|
5,544 |
|
Provision for credit losses |
|
|
54,626 |
|
|
|
58,386 |
|
Changes in fair value of earnout liabilities |
|
|
965 |
|
|
|
(22 |
) |
Changes in fair value of public and private warrant liabilities |
|
|
1,729 |
|
|
|
(260 |
) |
Gain on extinguishment of convertible debt |
|
|
(33,442 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
37,327 |
|
|
|
26,674 |
|
Non-cash interest |
|
|
251 |
|
|
|
3,114 |
|
Non-cash lease expense |
|
|
(21 |
) |
|
|
(20 |
) |
Changes in fair value of marketable securities and investments |
|
|
(16 |
) |
|
|
44 |
|
Changes in operating assets and liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
ExtraCash receivables, service based revenue |
|
|
(6,160 |
) |
|
|
(4,082 |
) |
Prepaid income taxes |
|
|
148 |
|
|
|
683 |
|
Prepaid expenses and other current assets |
|
|
(8,157 |
) |
|
|
3,311 |
|
Accounts payable |
|
|
1,282 |
|
|
|
(5,935 |
) |
Accrued expenses |
|
|
4,082 |
|
|
|
1,661 |
|
Legal settlement accrual |
|
|
3,775 |
|
|
|
(6,120 |
) |
Other current liabilities |
|
|
267 |
|
|
|
(446 |
) |
Other non-current liabilities |
|
|
2,904 |
|
|
|
5 |
|
Other non-current assets |
|
|
23 |
|
|
|
(266 |
) |
Net cash provided by operating activities |
|
|
125,137 |
|
|
|
33,754 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Investing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Payments for internally developed software costs |
|
|
(7,300 |
) |
|
|
(7,895 |
) |
Purchase of property and equipment |
|
|
(262 |
) |
|
|
(688 |
) |
Net originations and collections of ExtraCash receivables |
|
|
(111,477 |
) |
|
|
(62,967 |
) |
Purchase of investments |
|
|
(111,311 |
) |
|
|
(120,016 |
) |
Sale and maturity of investments |
|
|
183,652 |
|
|
|
177,863 |
|
Purchase of marketable securities |
|
|
(59,274 |
) |
|
|
(34,399 |
) |
Sale of marketable securities |
|
|
60,129 |
|
|
|
33,727 |
|
Net cash used in investing activities |
|
|
(45,843 |
) |
|
|
(14,375 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Financing activities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Payment for fractional shares on reverse stock split |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(12 |
) |
Proceeds from issuance of common stock for stock option exercises |
|
|
1,266 |
|
|
|
34 |
|
Payment of costs for extinguishment of convertible debt |
|
|
(1,261 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
Repayment of borrowings on convertible debt, long-term |
|
|
(71,000 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities |
|
|
(70,995 |
) |
|
|
22 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net increase in cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash |
|
|
8,299 |
|
|
|
19,401 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of the period |
|
|
43,078 |
|
|
|
23,677 |
|
Cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of the period |
|
$ |
51,377 |
|
|
$ |
43,078 |
|
78
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Supplemental disclosure of non-cash investing and financing activities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Property and equipment purchases in accounts payable and accrued liabilities |
|
$ |
- |
|
|
$ |
2 |
|
Operating lease right of use assets recognized |
|
$ |
- |
|
|
$ |
298 |
|
Operating lease liabilities recognized |
|
$ |
- |
|
|
$ |
298 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Supplemental disclosure of cash paid for: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Income taxes |
|
$ |
(109 |
) |
|
$ |
(586 |
) |
Interest |
|
$ |
7,652 |
|
|
$ |
8,630 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
The following table provides a reconciliation of cash and cash equivalents, and restricted cash reported within the consolidated balance sheets with the same as shown in the consolidated statement of cash flows |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Cash and cash equivalents |
|
$ |
49,718 |
|
|
$ |
41,759 |
|
Restricted cash |
|
|
1,659 |
|
|
|
1,319 |
|
Total cash, cash equivalents, and restricted cash, end of the period |
|
$ |
51,377 |
|
|
$ |
43,078 |
|
See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.
79
Note 1 Organization and Nature of Business
Company Overview
Dave ("the Company") was launched in 2017 to provide a faster, more transparent, and lower-cost alternative to traditional financial institutions, particularly for those living paycheck to paycheck. Inspired by the story of David vs. Goliath, the Company set out to challenge legacy banking by leveraging technology to expand financial access and improve consumer financial health. Through its fully integrated, mobile-first platform, the Company delivers innovative financial products designed to help underserved consumers manage their money more effectively. The Company's mission is to level the financial playing field by providing intuitive, transparent, and accessible solutions that empower its Members to navigate life’s financial challenges with confidence.
Platform and Products
ExtraCash
ExtraCash is a 0% interest overdraft product offered through the Company's bank partner that provides Members with up to $500 of credit to bridge liquidity gaps between paychecks. Using its proprietary AI-powered underwriting system, CashAI, the Company analyzes a Member’s checking account transaction data to determine eligibility and set the credit amount. This fully automated process requires no credit check and does not rely on FICO or credit bureau data. Once an ExtraCash transaction is initiated, repayment is scheduled based on the Member’s forecasted next paycheck or deposit date.
The Company designs and manages the complete risk management value chain—including underwriting, fraud and risk mitigation, payment processing, servicing, and collections. Each ExtraCash transaction is underwritten by CashAI when a Member accesses the Dave App, enabling near real-time evaluation of transaction data. This approach determines the optimal amount a Member can responsibly repay, delivering benefits for both the Member and the business.
Dave Checking:
Dave Checking is a digital demand deposit account offered through its bank partner with premium features, no account minimums or corresponding fees, and FDIC pass-through insurance. Members can open a Dave Checking account in minutes through the Dave mobile application, add funds to their account, and begin spending using a Dave Checking virtual debit card. Dave Checking accounts also include a physical Dave branded debit Mastercard (“Dave Card”) that can be used for everyday purchases and spending transactions as well as at any of the approximately 40,000 MoneyPass ATM network locations to make no-fee withdrawals at these in-network ATMs.
Dave Checking revenues are primarily driven by merchant interchange, incentives from Mastercard, interest on deposits paid by our partner banks, and other ancillary fees paid by customers (e.g. out of network ATM fees, instant withdrawal fees).
Personal Financial Management
Budget: The Budget tool utilizes historical bank account data to identify recurring and common charges, enabling Members to anticipate upcoming transactions that may affect their account balances. It also provides timely notifications when there is a risk of an overdraft.
Side Hustle: Side Hustle is a streamlined job application portal for Dave Members to find supplemental or temporary work. The portal focuses on “gig economy,” part-time, seasonal, remote and other flexible types of employment opportunities. Members can apply to dozens of jobs in-app using saved information and credentials. A side hustle can be an important part of a Member’s long-term financial health, as it allows Members to quickly address unexpected expenses or cash needs with incremental income.
Surveys: The Company's Surveys product allows for additional earning opportunities, allowing Members to take paid surveys anytime within the Dave mobile application. This functionality drives engagement within the Dave ecosystem and deepens its relationship to its Members’ financial wellbeing.
80
The Company generates monthly subscription revenue from Members enrolled in the Company's Personal Financial Management service.
Note 2 Significant Accounting Policies
Basis of Presentation
These consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).
On January 4, 2023, the Board approved an amendment to the Company’s certificate of incorporation to complete a 1-for-32 reverse stock split effective January 5, 2023. At a special meeting held on December 13, 2022, stockholders approved the reverse stock split. The primary goal of the reverse stock split was to bring the Company’s stock price above the share bid price requirement for continued listing on Nasdaq. The effects of the reverse stock split have been reflected in the consolidated financial statements and the footnotes.
Principles of Consolidation
The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and a variable interest entity (“VIE”). All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated upon consolidation.
In accordance with the provisions of Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 810, Consolidation, the Company consolidates any VIE of which the Company is the primary beneficiary. The typical condition for a controlling financial interest ownership is holding a majority of the voting interests of an entity; however, a controlling financial interest may also exist in entities, such as VIEs, through arrangements that do not involve controlling voting interests. ASC 810 requires a variable interest holder to consolidate a VIE if that party has the power to direct the activities of the VIE that most significantly impact the VIE’s economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses of the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE or the right to receive benefits from the VIE that could potentially be significant to the VIE. The Company does not consolidate a VIE in which it has a majority ownership interest when it is not considered the primary beneficiary. The Company evaluates its relationships with its VIEs on an ongoing basis to help ensure that the Company continues to be the primary beneficiary. The Company is considered the primary beneficiary of Dave OD Funding I, LLC (“Dave OD”), as it has the power over the activities that most significantly impact the economic performance of Dave OD and has the obligation to absorb expected losses and the right to receive expected benefits that could be significant, in accordance with accounting guidance. As a result, the Company consolidated Dave OD and all intercompany accounts have been eliminated. The carrying value of Dave OD’s assets and liabilities, after elimination of any intercompany transactions and balances are shown in the consolidated balance sheets. The assets of Dave OD are restricted and may only be used to settle obligations of Dave OD.
Use of Estimates
The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires the Company to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities as of the date of the consolidated financial statements, as well as the reported revenues and expenses incurred during the reporting periods. The Company’s estimates are based on its historical experience and various other factors that the Company believes are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying value of assets and liabilities that are not readily apparent from other sources. The Company’s critical accounting estimates and assumptions are evaluated on an ongoing basis including those related to the:
(i) Allowance for credit losses; and
(ii) Income taxes.
Actual results may differ from these estimates under different assumptions or conditions.
81
Revenue Recognition
Below is detail of operating revenues (in thousands):
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Service based revenue, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Processing fees, net |
|
$ |
218,802 |
|
|
$ |
152,490 |
|
Tips |
|
|
67,563 |
|
|
|
56,945 |
|
Subscriptions |
|
|
24,599 |
|
|
|
21,483 |
|
Other |
|
|
462 |
|
|
|
1,323 |
|
Transaction based revenue, net |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Interchange revenue, net |
|
|
19,990 |
|
|
|
17,004 |
|
ATM revenue, net |
|
|
3,087 |
|
|
|
2,605 |
|
Other |
|
|
12,573 |
|
|
|
7,243 |
|
Total operating revenues, net |
|
$ |
347,076 |
|
|
$ |
259,093 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Service Based Revenue, Net:
Service based revenue, net primarily consists of optional tips, optional processing fees, and subscriptions charged to Members, net of processor costs associated with ExtraCash originations. ExtraCash receivables are treated as financial receivables under ASC 310 Receivables (“ASC 310”) and processing fees, net and tips are also accounted for in accordance with ASC 310.
Processing Fees, Net
Processing fees and overdraft service fees apply when a Member requests expedited ExtraCash. At the Member’s election, the Company expedites the funding of ExtraCash funds within hours of the ExtraCash approval, as opposed to the customary two or three business days for ExtraCash that is transferring via the ACH network. Processing fees are accounted for as non-refundable loan origination fees and are recognized as revenues over the average expected contractual term of its ExtraCash transactions.
Costs incurred by the Company to originate ExtraCash are treated as direct loan origination costs. These direct loan origination costs are netted against ExtraCash-related income over the average expected contractual term of an ExtraCash. Direct origination costs recognized as a reduction of ExtraCash-related income during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, were $3.5 million and $3.3 million, respectively.
Tips
The Company encourages, but does not contractually require its Members who receive ExtraCash to leave a discretionary tip. For accounting purposes, the Company treats tips as an adjustment of yield to ExtraCash and are recognized over the average expected contractual term of its ExtraCash receivables.
Subscriptions
The Company accounts for subscriptions in accordance with ASC 606, Revenue from Contracts with Customers (“ASC 606”). Under ASC 606, the Company must identify the contract with a Member, identify the performance obligations in the contract, determine the transaction price, allocate the transaction price to the performance obligations in the contract and recognize revenue when (or as) the Company satisfies the performance obligations. For revenue sources that are within the scope of Topic 606, the Company fully satisfies its performance obligations and recognizes revenue in the period it is earned as services are rendered. Transaction prices are typically fixed, charged on a periodic basis or based on activity. Because performance obligations are satisfied as services are rendered and the transaction prices are fixed, there is little judgment involved in applying ASC 606 that significantly affects the determination of the amount and timing of revenue from contracts with the Company’s Members.
Subscription fees are received on a monthly basis from Members who subscribe to the Company’s application. The Company continually fulfills its obligation to each Member over the subscription term. The series of distinct services represents a single performance obligation that is satisfied over time.
82
The Company recognizes revenue ratably as the Member receives and consumes the benefits of the platform throughout the monthly contract period.
Price concessions granted to Members who have insufficient funds when subscription fees are due and not collected are forms of variable consideration under the Company’s contracts with Members. For price concessions, the Company has elected, as an accounting policy, to account for price concessions for the month at the end of the reporting month based on the actual amounts collected from Members.
Other service based revenue consists of lead generation fees from the Company’s Side Hustle advertising partners and revenue share from the Company's Surveys partners.
Transaction Based Revenue, Net:
Transaction based revenue, net primarily consists of interchange and ATM revenues from the Company’s Checking Product, net of certain interchange and ATM-related fees, fees earned from funding and withdrawal-related transactions, volume support from a certain co-branded agreement, fees earned related to the Rewards Product for Members who make debit card spending transactions at participating merchants and deposit referrals and are recognized at the point in time the transactions occur, as the performance obligations are satisfied and the variable consideration is not constrained. The Company earns interchange fees from Members spend on Dave-branded debit cards, which are reduced by interchange-related costs payable to fulfillment partners. Interchange revenue is remitted by merchants and represents a percentage of the underlying transaction value processed through a payment network. ATM fees earned from the Member’s usage of out-of-network reduced by related ATM transaction costs during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, were $3.1 million and $2.6 million, respectively. ATM-related fees recognized as a reduction of transaction based revenue during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, were $2.1 million and $1.8 million, respectively.
Processing and Servicing Costs
Processing costs consist of amounts paid to third party processors for the recovery of ExtraCash, tips, processing fees and subscriptions. These expenses also include fees paid for services to connect Member’s bank accounts to the Company’s application. Except for processing and service fees associated with ExtraCash originations, which are recorded net against revenue, all other processing and service fees are expensed as incurred.
Cash and Cash Equivalents
The Company classifies all highly liquid instruments with an original maturity of three months or less as cash equivalents.
Restricted Cash
Restricted cash primarily represents cash held at financial institutions that is pledged as collateral for specific accounts that may become overdrawn.
Marketable Securities
Marketable securities consist of a publicly traded money market mutual fund. The underlying money market instruments are primarily comprised of certificates of deposit and financial company asset backed commercial paper.
Investments
Investments consist of corporate bonds and notes, asset backed securities, and government securities and are classified as “available-for-sale,” as the sale of such securities may be required prior to maturity to implement the Company’s strategies. The fair value of investments is determined by quoted prices in active markets with unrealized gains and losses (other than credit related impairment) reported as a separate component of other comprehensive income (loss). For securities with unrealized losses, any credit related portion of the loss is recognized in earnings. If it is more likely than not that the Company will be unable or does not intend to hold the security to recovery of the non-credit related unrealized loss, the loss is recognized in earnings. Realized gains and losses are determined using the specific identification method and recognized in the consolidated statements of comprehensive income (loss). Any related amounts recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) are reclassified to earnings (on a pretax basis).
83
ExtraCash Receivables
ExtraCash Receivables include ExtraCash, fees, and tips, net of certain direct origination costs and allowance for credit losses. Management’s intent is to hold ExtraCash Receivables until the earlier of repayment or payoff date. Members’ ExtraCash Receivables are treated as financial receivables under ASC 310 .
ExtraCash Receivables to Members are not interest-bearing. The Company recognizes these ExtraCash Receivables at the origination amount and does not use discounting techniques to determine present value of originations due to their short-term nature.
The Company does not provide modifications to ExtraCash and does not charge late fees.
Allowance for Credit Losses
ExtraCash receivables from contracts with Members as of the balance sheet dates are recorded at their original origination amounts, inclusive of outstanding processing fees and tips, and reduced by an allowance for expected credit losses. The Company pools its ExtraCash receivables, all of which are short-term (average term of approximately 11 days) in nature and arise from contracts with Members, based on shared risk characteristics to assess their risk of loss, even when that risk is remote. The Company uses an aging method and historical loss rates as a basis for estimating the percentage of current and delinquent ExtraCash receivables balances that will result in credit losses to derive the allowance for credit losses. The Company considers whether the conditions at the measurement date and reasonable and supportable forecasts about future conditions warrant an adjustment to its historical loss experience. In assessing such adjustments, the Company primarily evaluates current economic conditions, expectations of near-term economic trends and changes in customer payment terms, collection trends and cash collections subsequent to the balance sheet date. For the measurement dates presented herein, given its methods of collecting funds, and that the Company has not observed meaningful changes in its customers’ payment behavior, it determined that its historical loss rates remain most indicative of its lifetime expected losses. The Company immediately recognizes an allowance for expected credit losses at the time of the ExtraCash origination. Adjustments to the allowance each period for changes in the estimate of lifetime expected credit losses are recognized in operating expenses—provision for credit losses in the consolidated statements of operations.
When the Company determines that an ExtraCash receivable is not collectible, or after 120 days from origination has passed, the uncollectible amount is written-off as a reduction to both the allowance and the gross asset balance. Based on the average ExtraCash outstanding term of approximately 11 days, ExtraCash receivables outstanding 12 or more days from origination may be considered past due. Subsequent recoveries are recorded when received and are recorded as a recovery of the allowance for expected credit losses. Any change in circumstances related to a specific Member ExtraCash receivables may result in an additional allowance for expected credit losses being recognized in the period in which the change occurs.
Internally Developed Software
Internally developed software is capitalized when preliminary development efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, it is probable that the project will be completed, and the software will be used as intended. Capitalized costs consist of salaries and other compensation costs for employees incurred for time spent on upgrades and enhancements to add functionality to the software and fees paid to third-party consultants who are directly involved in development efforts. These capitalized costs are included on the consolidated balance sheets as intangible assets, net. Other costs are expensed as incurred and included within other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. Capitalized costs for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, were $7.3 million and $7.6 million, respectively. Additionally, $7.7 million related to the Company's legacy advance application software asset has been fully amortized and written off as of June 2023 and $1.4 million related to internally developed software no longer in service was fully amortized and written off as of December 31, 2024.
Amortization of internally developed software commences when the software is ready for its intended use (i.e., after all substantial testing is complete). Internally developed software is amortized over its estimated useful life of 3 years.
The Company’s accounting policy is to perform annual reviews of capitalized internally developed software projects to determine whether any impairment indicators are present as of December 31, or whenever a change in circumstances suggests an impairment indicator is present. If any impairment indicators are present, the Company will perform a recoverability test by comparing the sum of the estimated undiscounted cash flows attributed to the asset group to their carrying value.
84
If the undiscounted cash flows expected to result from the remaining use of the asset (i.e., cash flows when testing recoverability) are less than the asset group’s carrying value, the Company will determine the fair value of the asset group and recognize an impairment loss as the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds its fair value. If based on the results of the recoverability test, no impairment is indicated as the remaining undiscounted cash flows exceed the carrying value of the software asset group, the carrying value of the asset group as of the assessment date is deemed fully recoverable. In addition, the Company evaluates the remaining useful life of an intangible asset that is being amortized each reporting period to determine whether events and circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of amortization. If the estimate of an intangible asset’s remaining useful life is changed, the remaining carrying value of the intangible asset shall be amortized prospectively over that revised remaining useful life.
Property and Equipment
Property and equipment are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Property and equipment are recorded at cost and depreciated over the estimated useful lives ranging from 3 to 7 years using the straight-line method. Maintenance and repair costs are charged to operations as incurred and included within other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
The Company assesses the impairment of long-lived assets, primarily property and equipment and amortizable intangible assets, whenever events or changes in business circumstances indicate that carrying amounts of the assets may not be fully recoverable. If the sum of the expected undiscounted future cash flows from an asset is less than the carrying amount of the asset, the Company estimates the fair value of the assets. The Company measures the loss as the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds its fair value calculated using the present value of estimated net future cash flows.
Fair Value of Financial Instruments
ASC 820, Fair Value Measurement (“ASC 820”), provides a single definition of fair value and a common framework for measuring fair value as well as disclosure requirements for fair value measurements used in the consolidated financial statements. Under ASC 820, fair value is determined based upon the exit price that would be received by a company to sell an asset or paid by a company to transfer a liability in an orderly transaction between market participants, exclusive of any transaction costs. Fair value measurements are determined by either the principal market or the most advantageous market. The principal market is the market with the greatest level of activity and volume for the asset or liability. Absent a principal market to measure fair value, the Company uses the most advantageous market, which is the market from which the Company would receive the highest selling price for the asset or pay the lowest price to settle the liability, after considering transaction costs. However, when using the most advantageous market, transaction costs are only considered to determine which market is the most advantageous and these costs are then excluded when applying a fair value measurement. ASC 820 creates a three-level hierarchy to prioritize the inputs used in the valuation techniques to derive fair values. The basis for fair value measurements for each level within the hierarchy is described below, with Level 1 having the highest priority and Level 3 having the lowest.
Level 1—Quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities.
Level 2—Observable inputs other than Level 1 quoted prices, such as quoted prices for similar assets and liabilities in active markets, quoted prices in markets that are not active for identical or similar assets and liabilities, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data for substantially the full term of the assets or liabilities.
Level 3—Valuations are based on inputs that are unobservable and significant to the overall fair value measurement of the assets or liabilities. Inputs reflect management’s best estimate of what market participants would use in pricing the asset or liability at the measurement date. Consideration is given to the risk inherent in the valuation technique and the risk inherent in the inputs to the model.
Concentration of Risk
Financial instruments, which potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk, principally consist of cash and cash equivalents, restricted cash, ExtraCash receivables, and accounts receivable. The Company’s cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash in excess of the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation insured limits were approximately $61.1 million and $40.9 million at December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
85
The Company’s payment processors also collect cash on the Company’s behalf and will hold these cash balances temporarily until they are settled the next business day. Also, the Company does not believe its marketable securities are exposed to any significant credit risk due to the quality and nature of the securities in which the money is held.
The Company relies on agreements with Evolve, currently its only active bank partner, to provide ExtraCash and other deposit accounts, debit card services and other transaction services to them and their Members. Given the size and consistent growth of the Company's Member base as well as how its product capabilities have been expanding, the Company recently announced an additional financial institution with which it will partner. Refer to Note 21, Subsequent Events for further details regarding the Program Agreement entered into with Coastal Community Bank to become a sponsor for the Company's banking and ExtraCash products.
No Member individually exceeded 10% or more of the Company’s ExtraCash receivables balance as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
Leases
ASC 842, Leases (“ASC 842”) requires lessees to recognize most leases on the consolidated balance sheet with a corresponding right-of-use asset. Right-of-use assets represent the Company’s right to use an underlying asset for the lease term and lease liabilities represent the Company’s obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease. Right-of-use assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the estimated present value of fixed lease payments over the lease term. Leases are classified as financing or operating which will drive the expense recognition pattern. Lease payments on short-term leases are recognized as expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term. At the time of a lease abandonment, the operating lease right-of-use asset is derecognized, while the corresponding lease liability is evaluated by the Company based any remaining contractual obligations as of the lease abandonment date.
The Company leases office space under two separate leases, both of which are considered operating leases. Options to extend or terminate a lease are considered as part of calculating the lease term to the extent that the option is reasonably certain of exercise. The leases do not include the options to purchase the leased property. The depreciable life of assets and leasehold improvements are limited by the expected lease term. Covenants imposed by the leases include letters of credit required to be obtained by the lessee.
The incremental borrowing rate (“IBR”) represents the rate of interest the Company would expect to pay on a collateralized basis to borrow an amount equal to the lease payments under similar terms. When determinable, the Company uses the rate implicit in the lease to determine the present value of lease payments. As the Company’s leases do not provide an implicit rate, the Company uses its incremental borrowing rate based on the information available at the lease commencement date in determining the present value of lease payments.
Stock-Based Compensation
Stock Option Awards:
ASC 718, Compensation-Stock Compensation (“ASC 718”), requires the estimate of the fair value of all stock-based payments to employees, including grants of stock options, to be recognized in the statement of operations over the requisite service period. Under ASC 718, employee option grants are generally valued at the grant date and those valuations do not change once they have been established. The fair value of each option award is estimated on the grant date using the Black-Scholes Option Pricing Model. As allowed by ASC 718, the Company’s estimate of expected volatility is based on its peer company average volatilities, including industry, stage of life cycle, size, and financial leverage. The risk-free rate for periods within the contractual life of the option is based on the U.S. Treasury yield curve in effect at the time of grant valuation. The Company recognizes forfeitures as they occur. Subsequent modifications to outstanding awards result in incremental cost if the fair value is increased as a result of the modification.
Restricted Stock Unit Awards:
Restricted stock units (“RSUs”) are valued on the grant date. The fair value of the RSUs that vest based solely on a service condition is equal to the estimated fair value of the Company’s Class A common stock on the grant date. This compensation cost is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period for the entire award.
86
For RSUs that contain both a market condition and a service condition, market volatility and other factors are taken into consideration in determining the grant date fair value and the related compensation expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period of each separately vesting tranche, regardless of whether the market condition is satisfied, provided that the requisite service has been provided. These costs are a component of stock-based compensation expense, presented within compensation and benefits in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company recognizes forfeitures as they occur.
Performance-Based Restricted Stock Unit Awards:
Performance-based RSUs are valued on the grant date and the compensation cost is recognized over the requisite service period if and when the Company concludes it is probable that the performance metrics will be satisfied. The grant-date fair value of the awards are not subsequently remeasured; however, the Company reassesses the probability of vesting at each reporting period and records a cumulative adjustment to compensation expense based on the likelihood the performance metric will be achieved. These costs are a component of stock-based compensation expense, presented within compensation and benefits in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company recognizes forfeitures as they occur.
Advertising Costs
Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, were $44.9 million and $48.4 million, respectively, and is presented within advertising and marketing in the consolidated statements of operations.
Income Taxes
The Company follows ASC 740, Income Taxes (“ASC 740”), which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the consolidated financial statements or tax returns. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are based on the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. Deferred tax assets are reduced by a valuation allowance to the extent management concludes it is more-likely-than-not that the asset will not be realized.
ASC 740 provides that a tax benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more-likely-than-not that the position will be sustained in a court of last resort, based on the technical merits. If more-likely-than-not, the amount recognized is the largest amount of tax benefit that is greater than 50% likely of being realized on examination, including compromise settlements. For tax positions not meeting the more-likely-than-not threshold, no tax benefit is recorded. The Company has estimated $2.0 million and $1.3 million of uncertain tax positions as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, related to state income taxes. and federal and state research and development tax credits.
The Company’s policy is to recognize interest expense and penalties accrued on any unrecognized tax benefits as a component of income tax expense within the statement of operations. The Company recognized $0.036 million and $0.005 million of interest expense and penalties as a component of income tax expense during the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively. There were $0.052 million and $0.016 million of accrued interest expense and penalties as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Segment Information
The Company determines its operating segment based on how its chief operating decision makers manage operations, make operating decisions, and evaluate operating performance. The Company has determined that the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) is a joint role shared by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer. Based upon the way the CODM reviews financial information and makes operating decisions and considering that the CODM reviews financial information on a consolidated basis for purposes of allocating resources and evaluating financial performance, the operations of the Company constitutes a single operating segment and reportable segment. Refer to Note 20 Segment Information in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements for further details.
87
Net Income (Loss) Per Share Attributable to Stockholders
The Company has two classes of participating securities (Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and Class V common stock, par value $0.0001 per share) issued and outstanding as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 (the Class V common stock and together with the Class A common stock, the “Common Stock”). The rights, including the liquidation and dividend rights, of the holders of the Class A common stock and Class V common stock are identical, except with respect to voting.
Basic net income (loss) attributable to holders of Common Stock per share is calculated by dividing net income (loss) attributable to holders of Common Stock by the weighted-average number of shares outstanding.
Diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to holders of common stock is computed by dividing net income (loss) per share attributable to stockholders and the weighted-average number of shares outstanding and the effect of potentially dilutive stock options, warrants, and restricted stock using the treasury stock method.
The following table sets forth the computation of the Company’s basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to holders of common stock (in thousands, except share data):
|
For the Year ended December 31, |
|
||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
Numerator |
|
|
|
|
||
Net income (loss) attributed to common stockholders—basic and diluted |
$ |
57,873 |
|
$ |
(48,517 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Denominator |
|
|
|
|
||
Weighted-average shares of common stock—basic |
|
12,520,789 |
|
|
11,934,699 |
|
Dilutive effect of stock options |
|
298,088 |
|
|
- |
|
Dilutive effect of RSU |
|
1,003,705 |
|
|
- |
|
Weighted-average shares of common stock—diluted |
|
13,822,582 |
|
|
11,934,699 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net income (loss) per share |
|
|
|
|
||
Basic |
$ |
4.62 |
|
$ |
(4.07 |
) |
Diluted |
$ |
4.19 |
|
$ |
(4.07 |
) |
The following potentially dilutive shares were excluded from the computation of diluted net income (loss) per share for the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:
|
For the Year ended December 31, |
|
||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
Equity incentive awards |
|
475,520 |
|
|
2,493,468 |
|
Convertible debt |
|
- |
|
|
312,500 |
|
Total |
|
475,520 |
|
|
2,805,968 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
The Company also excluded 11,444,235 public and private warrants and 49,563 earnout shares that were potentially dilutive from the computation of diluted net income (loss) for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively, as including them would have been antidilutive. Refer to Note 10 Warrant Liabilities and Note 14 Fair Value of Financial Instruments for further details.
88
Recent Accounting Pronouncements
Recently Issued Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted:
In December 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2023-09, Income Taxes - Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures. The amendments require enhanced disclosures in connection with an entity's effective tax rate reconciliation, income taxes paid disaggregated by jurisdiction, and clarification on uncertain tax positions and related financial statement impacts. The amendments are effective for annual periods beginning after December 15, 2024. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this amendment on its financial statement disclosures.
In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU No. 2024-03, Income Statement-Reporting Comprehensive Income - Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses and in January 2025, the FASB issued ASU No. 2025-01, Clarifying the Effective Date. The amendments requires entities to disclose the following amounts in each relevant income statement expense captions: purchases of inventory, employee compensation, depreciation and intangible asset amortization. Entities are also required to disclose the total amount of selling expense and the entities definition of selling expenses. The amendments, as clarified by ASU No. 2025-01, are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026, with early adoption permitted, and may be applied retrospectively or prospectively. The Company is currently evaluating the impact of this standard on its financial statement disclosures.
Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements:
In November 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update No. 2023-07, Segment Reporting - Improvements to Reportable Segment Disclosures. The amendments require disclosure of incremental segment information on an annual and interim basis. The amendments also require companies with a single reportable segment to provide all disclosures required by this amendment and all existing segment disclosures in Accounting Standards Codification 280, Segment Reporting. The amendments are effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023, and interim periods beginning after December 15, 2024. While the adoption has no impact on the Company's financial statements, it has resulted in incremental disclosures within the footnotes to its consolidated financial statements. Refer to Note 20 Segment Information in the accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements for further details.
In June 2016, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2016-13, Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses on Financial Instruments (“ASU 2016-13”). ASU 2016-13 introduced a new credit loss methodology, the Current Expected Credit Losses (“CECL”) methodology, which requires earlier recognition of credit losses, while also providing additional transparency about credit risk. The CECL methodology utilizes a lifetime “expected credit loss” measurement objective for the recognition of credit losses for loans, held-to maturity debt securities, trade receivables and other receivables measured at amortized cost at the time the financial asset is originated or acquired. Subsequent to the issuance of ASU 2016-13, the FASB issued several additional ASUs to clarify implementation guidance, provide narrow-scope improvements and provide additional disclosure guidance. The Company adopted this ASU on January 1, 2023 and determined that ASU 2016-13 had no material impact on the Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.
89
Note 3 Marketable Securities
Below is a detail of marketable securities (in thousands):
|
|
December 31, 2024 |
|
|
December 31, 2023 |
|
||
Marketable securities |
|
$ |
97 |
|
|
$ |
952 |
|
Total |
|
$ |
97 |
|
|
$ |
952 |
|
At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company’s marketable securities consisted of investments in a publicly traded money market mutual fund. The underlying money market instruments were primarily comprised of certificates of deposit and financial company asset backed commercial paper. At December 31, 2024 and 2023, the investment portfolio had a weighted-average maturity of 18 days and 40 days, respectively. The gain recognized in connection with the investment in marketable securities for the year ended December 31, 2024, was approximately $0.08 million and recorded as a component of interest income in the consolidated statements of operations. The gain recognized in connection with the investment in marketable securities for the year ended December 31, 2023, was $0.4 million and was recorded as a component of interest income in the consolidated statements of operations.
90
Note 4 Investments
Below is a summary of investments, which are measured at fair value as of December 31, 2024 (in thousands):
|
|
Cost |
|
|
Gross Unrealized Gains |
|
|
Gross Unrealized Losses |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
||||
Corporate bonds |
|
$ |
4,249 |
|
|
$ |
1 |
|
|
$ |
(38 |
) |
|
$ |
4,212 |
|
Government securities |
|
|
36,003 |
|
|
|
258 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
36,261 |
|
Total |
|
$ |
40,252 |
|
|
$ |
259 |
|
|
$ |
(38 |
) |
|
$ |
40,473 |
|
Below is a summary of investments, which are measured at fair value as of December 31, 2023 (in thousands):
|
|
Cost |
|
|
Gross Unrealized Gains |
|
|
Gross Unrealized Losses |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
||||
Corporate bonds |
|
$ |
69,087 |
|
|
$ |
670 |
|
|
$ |
(345 |
) |
|
$ |
69,412 |
|
|
Asset-backed securities |
|
|
313 |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
312 |
|
|
Government securities |
|
|
43,177 |
|
|
|
338 |
|
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
43,502 |
|
|
Total |
|
$ |
112,577 |
|
|
$ |
1,008 |
|
|
$ |
(359 |
) |
|
$ |
113,226 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The gross unrealized losses and fair values of available-for-sale investment securities that were in unrealized loss positions were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
Less Than 12 Months |
|
|
12 Months or More |
|
|
Total |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Unrealized Loss |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Unrealized Loss |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Unrealized Loss |
|
||||||
December 31, 2024 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
|
$ |
2,257 |
|
|
$ |
(19 |
) |
|
$ |
1,043 |
|
|
$ |
(19 |
) |
|
$ |
3,300 |
|
|
$ |
(38 |
) |
Total |
|
$ |
2,257 |
|
|
$ |
(19 |
) |
|
$ |
1,043 |
|
|
$ |
(19 |
) |
|
$ |
3,300 |
|
|
$ |
(38 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||||
|
|
Less Than 12 Months |
|
|
12 Months or More |
|
|
Total |
|
|||||||||||||||
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Unrealized Loss |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Unrealized Loss |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
|
Unrealized Loss |
|
||||||
December 31, 2023 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|||||||||||||||
Corporate bonds |
|
$ |
9,271 |
|
|
$ |
(50 |
) |
|
$ |
14,989 |
|
|
$ |
(295 |
) |
|
$ |
24,261 |
|
|
$ |
(345 |
) |
Asset-backed securities |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
274 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
|
|
274 |
|
|
|
(1 |
) |
Government securities |
|
|
3,813 |
|
|
|
(13 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
|
|
3,813 |
|
|
|
(13 |
) |
Total |
|
$ |
13,084 |
|
|
$ |
(63 |
) |
|
$ |
15,263 |
|
|
$ |
(296 |
) |
|
$ |
28,348 |
|
|
$ |
(359 |
) |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
The net realized gain recorded in connection with the sale of investments for the year ended December 31, 2024, was $0.8 million, and was recorded as a component of interest income in the consolidated statements of operations. The net realized gain recorded in connection with the sale of investments for the year ended December 31, 2023, was $0.9 million, and was recorded as a component of interest income in the consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest of $0.09 million and $0.8 million is included in investments within the consolidated balance sheets for the years ended December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, respectively.
Unrealized losses on the available-for-sale investment securities as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023 are primarily the result of increases in interest rates as a significant portion of the investments were purchased prior to the Federal reserve commenced interest rate increases in 2022.
91
The Company does not intend to sell nor anticipate that it will be required to sell these investments before recovery of the amortized cost basis. As such, unrealized losses were determined not to be related to credit losses and the Company did not record any credit-related impairment losses on the available-for-sale investment securities during the year ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
As of December 31, 2024, the contractual maturities of available-for-sale investment securities were as follows (in thousands):
|
|
Amortized Cost |
|
|
Fair Value |
|
||
Due in one year or less |
|
$ |
39,191 |
|
|
$ |
39,430 |
|
Due after one year through five years |
|
|
1,061 |
|
|
|
1,043 |
|
Total |
|
$ |
40,252 |
|
|
$ |
40,473 |
|
Note 5 ExtraCash Receivables, Net
ExtraCash receivables, net, represent outstanding originations, tips, and processing fees, net of direct origination costs, less an allowance for credit losses.
Below is a detail of ExtraCash receivables, net as of December 31, 2024 (in thousands):
Days From Origination |
|
Gross ExtraCash Receivables |
|
|
Allowance for Credit Losses |
|
|
ExtraCash Receivables, Net |
|
|||
1-10 |
|
$ |
142,623 |
|
|
$ |
(2,112 |
) |
|
$ |
140,511 |
|
11-30 |
|
|
36,198 |
|
|
|
(6,223 |
) |
|
|
29,975 |
|
31-60 |
|
|
7,882 |
|
|
|
(4,937 |
) |
|
|
2,945 |
|
61-90 |
|
|
6,140 |
|
|
|
(4,712 |
) |
|
|
1,428 |
|
91-120 |
|
|
5,717 |
|
|
|
(4,719 |
) |
|
|
998 |
|
Total |
|
$ |
198,560 |
|
|
$ |
(22,703 |
) |
|
$ |
175,857 |
|
Below is a detail of ExtraCash receivables, net as of December 31, 2023 (in thousands):
Days From Origination |
|
Gross ExtraCash Receivables |
|
|
Allowance for Credit Losses |
|
|
ExtraCash Receivables, Net |
|
|||
1-10 |
|
$ |
98,553 |
|
|
$ |
(2,676 |
) |
|
$ |
95,877 |
|
11-30 |
|
|
16,442 |
|
|
|
(4,020 |
) |
|
|
12,422 |
|
31-60 |
|
|
7,038 |
|
|
|
(4,576 |
) |
|
|
2,462 |
|
61-90 |
|
|
5,719 |
|
|
|
(4,470 |
) |
|
|
1,249 |
|
91-120 |
|
|
5,404 |
|
|
|
(4,568 |
) |
|
|
836 |
|
Total |
|
$ |
133,156 |
|
|
$ |
(20,310 |
) |
|
$ |
112,846 |
|
92
The roll-forward of the allowance for credit losses is as follows (in thousands):
Opening allowance balance at January 1, 2024 |
|
|
|
$ |
20,310 |
|
Plus: provision for credit losses |
|
|
|
|
54,626 |
|
Plus: amounts recovered |
|
|
|
|
12,438 |
|
Less: amounts written-off |
|
|
|
|
(64,671 |
) |
Ending allowance balance at December 31, 2024 |
|
|
|
$ |
22,703 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
Opening allowance balance at January 1, 2023 |
|
|
|
$ |
24,501 |
|
Plus: provision for credit losses |
|
|
|
|
58,386 |
|
Plus: amounts recovered |
|
|
|
|
12,685 |
|
Less: amounts written-off |
|
|
|
|
(75,262 |
) |
Ending allowance balance at December 31, 2023 |
|
|
|
$ |
20,310 |
|
The provision for credit losses for the year ended December 31, 2024 was lower compared the year ended December 31, 2023, due primarily to improved collections performance throughout the year, offset by increased provision expense due to higher amounts outstanding 120 days and under. The decrease in amounts written-off for the year ended December 31, 2024 compared to the year ended December 31, 2023, were also primarily as result of improved collections performance year over year despite higher ExtraCash originations, which increased to $5.1 billion from $3.6 billion year over year.
Note 6 Property and Equipment, Net
Property and equipment, net consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
December 31, 2024 |
|
|
December 31, 2023 |
|
||
Computer equipment |
|
$ |
1,094 |
|
|
$ |
1,133 |
|
Leasehold improvements |
|
|
1,189 |
|
|
|
1,178 |
|
Furniture and fixtures |
|
|
92 |
|
|
|
93 |
|
Total property and equipment |
|
|
2,375 |
|
|
|
2,404 |
|
Less: accumulated depreciation |
|
|
(1,671 |
) |
|
|
(1,286 |
) |
Property and equipment, net |
|
$ |
704 |
|
|
$ |
1,118 |
|
Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, was approximately $0.7 million and $0.6 million, respectively.
Note 7 Intangible Assets, Net
The Company’s Intangible assets, net consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
|
|
December 31, 2024 |
|
|
December 31, 2023 |
|
||||||||||||||||
|
|
Weighted Average Useful Lives |
|
Gross Carrying Value |
|
|
Accumulated Amortization |
|
|
Net Book Value |
|
|
Gross Carrying Value |
|
Accumulated Amortization |
|
Net Book Value |
|
||||||
Internally developed software |
|
3.0 Years |
|
$ |
27,501 |
|
|
$ |
(13,917 |
) |
|
$ |
13,584 |
|
|
$ |
21,601 |
|
$ |
(8,461 |
) |
$ |
13,140 |
|
Domain name |
|
15.0 Years |
|
|
121 |
|
|
|
(63 |
) |
|
|
58 |
|
|
|
121 |
|
|
(55 |
) |
|
66 |
|
Intangible assets, net |
|
|
|
$ |
27,622 |
|
|
$ |
(13,980 |
) |
|
$ |
13,642 |
|
|
$ |
21,722 |
|
$ |
(8,516 |
) |
$ |
13,206 |
|
93
The future estimated amortization expenses as of December 31, 2024, were as follows (in thousands):
2025 |
|
|
|
|
4,375 |
|
2026 |
|
|
|
|
4,719 |
|
2027 |
|
|
|
|
2,853 |
|
Thereafter |
|
|
|
|
1,695 |
|
Total future amortization |
|
|
|
$ |
13,642 |
|
Amortization expense for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, was $6.9 million and $4.9 million, respectively. No impairment charges were recognized related to long-lived assets for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
Amortization expense related to change in useful life of a certain definite-lived intangible asset for the year ended December 31, 2024 was $0.8 million. Amortization expense related to change in useful life of a certain definite-lived intangible asset for the year ended December 31, 2023 was $0.3 million.
Note 8 Accrued Expenses and Other Current Liabilities
Accrued Expenses
The Company’s accrued expenses consisted of the following (in thousands):
|
|
December 31, 2024 |
|
|
December 31, 2023 |
|
||
Accrued compensation |
|
|
5,166 |
|
|
|
3,605 |
|
Accrued professional and program fees |
|
$ |
4,718 |
|
|
$ |
4,208 |
|
Accrued charitable contributions |
|
|
2,223 |
|
|
|
2,212 |
|
Accrued negative account balances |
|
|
1,786 |
|
|
|
831 |
|
Income taxes payable |
|
|
1,476 |
|
|
|
- |
|
Sales tax payable |
|
|
1,021 |
|
|
|
1,442 |
|
Other |
|
|
317 |
|
|
|
328 |
|
Total |
|
$ |
16,707 |
|
|
$ |
12,626 |
|
Accrued charitable contributions includes amounts the Company has pledged related to charitable meal donations. The Company uses a portion of tips received to make a charitable cash donation to third parties who use the funds to provide meals to those in need. For the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company pledged $4.3 million and $5.1 million related to charitable donations, respectively. These costs are expensed as incurred and are presented within other general and administrative expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.
Other Current Liabilities
The Company’s other current liabilities consisted of the following (dollars in thousands):
|
|
December 31, 2024 |
|
|
December 31, 2023 |
|
||
Deferred transaction costs |
|
$ |
3,150 |
|
|
$ |
3,150 |
|
Other |
|
|
982 |
|
|
|
715 |
|
Total |
|
$ |
4,132 |
|
|
$ |
3,865 |
|
Other current liabilities includes deferred transaction costs associated with the Business Combination. These transaction costs were also capitalized and included within APIC in the consolidated balance sheets.
Note 9 Convertible Note
On March 21, 2022, the Company entered into a Convertible Note Purchase Agreement (“Note Purchase Agreement”) with FTX Ventures Ltd., (the “Purchaser”) owner of FTX US (“FTX”), providing for the purchase and sale of a convertible note in the initial principal amount of $100.0 million (the “Note”). The Note bore interest at a rate of 3.00% per year (compounded semiannually), payable semi-annually in arrears on June 30th and December 31st of each year.
94
Interest may be paid in-kind or in cash, at the Company’s option. Forty-eight months (the “Maturity Date”) after the date of the initial issuance of the Note (the “Issuance Date”), the Company would pay the Purchaser the sum of (i) the outstanding principal amount of the Note, plus (ii) all accrued but unpaid interest thereon, plus (iii) all expenses incurred by the Purchaser (the “Redemption Price”). Payment of the Redemption Price on the Maturity Date will constitute a redemption of the Note in whole.
On January 29, 2024, the Company repurchased the $105.7 million outstanding balance of the Note as of January 29, 2024 for $71.0 million. The Company reduced the net carrying amount of debt by unamortized debt issuance costs of $0.03 million at the extinguishment date. The Company also incurred third-party costs totaling $1.3 million in conjunction with the settlement of the Note. The third-party costs are included in the reacquisition price and the gain on extinguishment of $33.4 million was calculated as the difference between the net carrying amount of debt and the reacquisition price.
Note 10 Warrant Liabilities
As of December 31, 2024, there were 6,344,021 public warrants (“Public Warrants”) outstanding and 5,100,214 private placement warrants (“Private Warrants”) outstanding. Public Warrants may only be exercised for a whole number of shares. No fractional Public Warrants were issued upon separation of the units into their component parts upon the closing of the Business Combination and only whole Public Warrants trade. The Public Warrants are exercisable, provided that the Company continues to have an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants and a current prospectus relating to them is available (or the Company permits holders to exercise their Public Warrants on a cashless basis and such cashless exercise is exempt from registration under the Securities Act).
The Company filed a registration statement covering the shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Public Warrants and the Private Warrants. If the Company’s shares of Class A Common Stock are at the time of any exercise of a warrant not listed on a national securities exchange such that they satisfy the definition of a “covered security” under Section 18(b)(1) of the Securities Act, the Company may, at its option, require holders of Public Warrants who exercise their warrants to do so on a “cashless basis” in accordance with Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act and, in the event the Company so elects, it will not be required to file or maintain in effect a registration statement, and in the event the Company does not so elect, it will use its best efforts to register or qualify the shares under applicable blue sky laws to the extent an exemption is not available.
The Public Warrants and the Private Warrants have an exercise price of $368.00 per share, subject to adjustments and will expire five years after the completion of the Business Combination or earlier upon redemption or liquidation.
Redemption of Public Warrants when the price per share of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $576.00:
Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Public Warrants for cash:
• in whole and not in part;
• at a price of $0.01 per warrant;
• upon a minimum of 30 days prior written notice of redemption; and if, and only if, the closing price of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $576.00 per share (as adjusted) for any 20 trading days within a 30-trading day period ending on the third trading day prior to the date on which the Company sends the notice of redemption to the warrant holders.
The Company will not redeem the Public Warrants as described above unless an effective registration statement under the Securities Act covering the Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants is effective and a current prospectus relating to those shares of Class A Common Stock is available throughout the 30-day redemption period.
Redemption of Public Warrants for when the price per share of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $320.00:
95
Once the Public Warrants become exercisable, the Company may redeem the outstanding Public Warrants:
• in whole and not in part;
• at $0.10 per warrant upon a minimum of 30 days’ prior written notice of redemption provided that holders will be able to exercise their warrants on a cashless basis prior to redemption and receive that number of shares determined by reference to an agreed table based on the redemption date and the “fair market value” (as defined below) of the Class A Common Stock; and
• if, and only if, the closing price of Class A Common Stock equals or exceeds $320.00 per Public Share (as adjusted) for any 20 trading days within the 30-trading day period ending three trading days before the Company sends notice of redemption to the warrant holders.
If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a “cashless basis,” as described in the warrant agreement. The exercise price and number of shares of Class A Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the warrants may be adjusted in certain circumstances including in the event of a stock dividend, or recapitalization, reorganization, merger or consolidation. However, the Public Warrants will not be adjusted for issuance of Class A Common Stock at a price below its exercise price. Additionally, in no event will the Company be required to net cash settle the Public Warrants.
The Private Warrants are identical to the Public Warrants, except that the Private Placement Warrants will be non-redeemable so long as they are held by VPC Impact Acquisition Holdings Sponsor III, LLC, which was the sponsor of VPCC and an affiliate of certain of VPCC’s officers and directors prior to the Business Combination, (the “Sponsor”) or its permitted transferees. If the Private Warrants are held by someone other than the Sponsor or its permitted transferees, the Private Warrants will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the Public Warrants.
Contemporaneously with the execution of the Debt Facility, the Company issued warrants to the Lenders as consideration for entering into the Debt Facility, representing a loan commitment fee. The warrants vest and become exercisable based on the Company’s aggregated draw on the Debt Facility in incremental $10.0 million tranches and terminate upon the earliest to occur of (i) the fifth anniversary of the occurrence of a qualified financing event and (ii) the consummation of a liquidity event. The holders of the warrants have the ability to exercise their right to acquire a number of common shares equal to 0.2% of the fully diluted equity of the Company as of the closing date (“Equity Closing Date”) of the Company’s next equity financing with proceeds of at least $40.0 million (“Qualified Financing Event”) or immediately prior to the consummation of a liquidity event. The exercise price of the warrants is the greater of (i) 80% of the fair market value of each share of Common Stock at the Equity Closing Date and (ii) $120.0656 per share, subject to certain down-round adjustments. The warrants meet the definition of a derivative under ASC 815 and will be accounted for as a liability at fair value and subsequently remeasured to fair value at the end of each reporting period with the changes in fair value recorded in the consolidated statement of operations. The initial offsetting entry to the warrant liability was an asset recorded to reflect the loan commitment fee. The loan commitment fee asset will be amortized to interest expense over the commitment period of four years. The Company estimated the fair value of the warrants at the issuance date to be $0.1 million using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Determining the fair value of these warrants under this model requires subjective assumptions. These estimates involve inherent uncertainties and the application of management’s judgment.
Immediately prior to the close of the Business Combination, all, or 1,664,394 of the vested warrants were exercised and net settled for 14,087 shares of Legacy Dave’s Class A Common Stock after applying the Exchange Ratio.
96
Note 11 Debt Facility
In January 2021, Dave OD Funding I, LLC (“Borrower”) entered into a delayed draw senior secured loan facility (the “Debt Facility”) with Victory Park Management, LLC (“Agent”), and allowed the Borrower to draw up to $100 million from various lenders (the “Lenders”) associated with Victory Park Management, LLC. The Debt Facility had an interest rate of 6.95% annually plus a base rate defined as the greater of the three-month London interbank offered rate ("LIBOR") as of the last business day of each calendar month and 2.55%. Interest is payable monthly in arrears. The Debt Facility contained certain financial covenants, including a requirement to maintain a minimum cash, cash equivalents, or marketable securities balance of $15.0 million.
On September 13, 2023, the Company executed the Third Amendment to the Debt Facility with the existing Lenders. The Third Amendment, among other things: (i) increases the secured loan facility commitment amount by $50 million to a total of $150 million; (ii) extends the maturity date of the Debt Facility from January 2025 to December 2026; (iii) adds a liquidity trigger threshold, measured as of the last day of any calendar month, equal to the lesser of (a) the trailing six-month EBITDA as of such date, (b) the product of (A) the trailing three-month EBITDA as of such date, multiplied by (B) two (2), and (c) zero ($0); (iv) increases the minimum liquidity threshold, a requirement to maintain a minimum cash, cash equivalents, or marketable securities balance, from $8.0 million to $15 million (v) replaces LIBOR with the secured overnight financing rate ("SOFR") and updates interest rates to the base rate (or if greater, SOFR for such date for a 3-month tenor and 3.00%) plus 5.00% per annum on that portion of the aggregate outstanding principal balance that is less than or equal to $75 million, plus the base rate plus 4.50% per annum on that portion of the aggregate outstanding principal balance, if any, that is greater than $75 million; (vi) updates prepayment premiums for early or voluntary principal repayments and (vii) the Company's guaranty (the limited guaranty was secured by a first-priority lien against substantially all of the Company's assets) of up to $25 million of the Borrower's obligations under the Debt Facility has been terminated.
Payments of the loan draws are due at the following dates: (i) within five business days after the date of receipt by the Borrower of any net cash proceeds in excess of $0.25 million in the aggregate during any fiscal year from any asset sales (other than certain permitted dispositions), Borrower must prepay the loans or remit such net cash proceeds in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such net cash proceeds; (ii) within five business days after the date of receipt by Borrower, or the Agent as loss payee, of any net cash proceeds from any destruction or taking, the Borrower must prepay the loans or remit such net cash proceeds in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such net cash proceeds; (iii) within three business days after the date of receipt by Borrower of any net cash proceeds from the incurrence of any indebtedness of Borrower (other than with respect to permitted borrower indebtedness), the Borrower will prepay the loans or remit such net cash proceeds in an aggregate amount equal to 100% of such net cash proceeds; and (iv) (a) if extraordinary receipts are received by Borrower in the aggregate amount in any fiscal year in excess of $0.25 million or (b) if an event of default has occurred and is continuing at any time when any extraordinary receipts are received by Borrower, then within five business days of the receipt by Borrower of any such extraordinary receipts, the Borrower must prepay the loans or remit such net cash proceeds in an aggregate amount equal to (x) 100% of such extraordinary receipts in excess of $0.25 million in respect of clause (a) above and (y) 100% of such extraordinary receipts in respect of clause (b) above.
On October 18, 2024, the Company executed the Fourth Amendment to the Debt Facility with the existing Lenders to expand the Company's borrowing capacity. The amendment also updates interest rates to the sum of the base rate plus 5.00% per annum on the aggregate outstanding principal balance and updates prepayment premiums for early or voluntary principal repayments, among other administrative terms. The Fourth Amendment was accounted for as a debt modification and, accordingly, the Company incurred $0.03 million in associated costs which will be recognized within the consolidated statement of operations evenly through maturity date of the Debt Facility, and no gain or loss was recognized. As of December 31, 2024, the Company was not in compliance with a specific debt covenant under its existing Debt Facility. In particular, a breach existed relating to the Minimum Receivable Loan-to-Value ("LTV Ratio"), which exceeded the allowable limits set forth in the covenant. The Agent, on behalf of the Lenders, provided a one-time limited waiver of this covenant, effective from October 18, 2024 until June 30, 2025. This waiver is solely for that period and for addressing this specific breach, and does not constitute a waiver of any default or event of default under the Debt Facility.
As of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023, the Company had drawn $75.0 million on the Debt Facility and had made no repayments.
97
Note 12 Commitments and Contingencies
From time to time, the Company is subject to various other legal proceedings and claims, either asserted or unasserted, that arise in the ordinary course of business. Other than as described below, management does not believe that any of these proceedings or claims will have a significant adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition, results of operations, or cash flows. However, legal proceedings and claims are subject to many factors that are difficult to predict, so there can be no assurance that, in the event of a material unfavorable result in one or more claims, the Company will not incur material costs.
1. United States of America v. Dave, Inc. and Jason Wilk (filed December 30, 2024 in the United States District Court for the Central District of California)
In January 2023, the Company received a Civil Investigative Demand from the Federal Trade Commission (the “FTC”) staff seeking information in connection with the sale, offering, advertising, marketing or other promotion of cash advance products and online financial services. In response, the Company cooperated with the FTC staff while seeking to engage constructively with the FTC to resolve this matter.
On August 21, 2024, the FTC staff sent the Company a proposed consent order and draft complaint, alleging that the Company had violated Section 5(a) of the Federal Trade Commission Act ("FTC Act") which prohibits "unfair or deceptive acts or practices in or affecting commerce" and certain provisions of the Restore Online Shoppers’ Confidence Act related to the Company’s platform and offering of the ExtraCash Product (the “Complaint”), and advising that it would recommend the filing of an enforcement action if the Company did not settle the FTC’s claims. The Company engaged in good faith negotiations with the FTC staff to settle the claims but these negotiations were unsuccessful, and on November 5, 2024, the FTC filed the Complaint in the United States District Court for the Central District of California against the Company. The Complaint sought a permanent injunction, monetary relief for an unspecified amount and “other relief as the court determines to be just and proper.” The FTC then referred the case to the Department of Justice (the “DOJ”), and on December 30, 2024, the DOJ filed an amended civil complaint in the United States District Court for the Central District of California, naming the Company and our Chief Executive Officer, Jason Wilk as defendants (the "Amended Complaint"). The Amended Complaint alleges that Dave violated Section 5(a) of the FTC Act as well as the Restore Online Shoppers' Confidence Act. The DOJ is seeking injunctive relief, civil penalties, monetary relief and other relief. On February 28, 2025, we filed a motion to dismiss the DOJ’s Amended Complaint.
Although the Company believes that its practices have at all times been in compliance with applicable law, the outcome of any case in litigation is uncertain. Therefore, for the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company recorded a $7 million litigation and settlement accrual for this matter. Significant changes in the accrual may be required in future periods as the case progresses and additional information becomes available. At this time, the Company is unable to reasonably predict the possible outcome of this matter due to, among other things, the fact that it raises difficult factual and legal issues and is subject to many uncertainties and complexities. There can be no assurance that the Company will be successful in the litigation, and the Company may incur a loss in excess of the amount accrued. The defense or resolution of this matter could involve significant monetary costs and have a material impact on the Company’s business, financial results and operations.
Note 13 Leases
In January 2019, the Company entered into a lease agreement with PCJW Properties LLC (“PCJW”) for office space located in Los Angeles, California. The lease term is seven years, beginning January 1, 2019 and ending December 31, 2025. Monthly rent is $0.02 million, subject to an annual escalation of 5%.
In December 2018, the Company entered into a sublease agreement with PCJW, controlled by Company’s founders (including the Company’s CEO), for general office space next to the aforementioned leased property in Los Angeles, California. The lease term was five years subject to early termination by either party, beginning November 2018 and ending October 2023. In November 2023, the Company extended the sublease for five more years ending October
98
2028. Under the terms of the sublease, the current monthly rent is $0.006 million, subject to an annual escalation of 4%.
All leases were classified as operating and operating lease expenses are presented within Other operating expenses in the consolidated statements of operations. The Company does not have any finance leases or sublease arrangements where the Company is the sublessor. The Company’s leasing activities are as follows (in thousands):
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, |
|
||||
|
|
2024 |
|
2023 |
|
||
Operating lease cost |
|
$ |
347 |
|
$ |
331 |
|
Short-term lease cost |
|
|
- |
|
|
- |
|
Total lease cost |
|
$ |
347 |
|
$ |
331 |
|
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, |
|
||||
|
|
2024 |
|
2023 |
|
||
Other information: |
|
|
|
|
|
||
Cash paid for operating leases |
|
$ |
369 |
|
$ |
351 |
|
Weighted-average remaining lease term - operating lease |
|
|
2.32 |
|
|
2.98 |
|
Weighted-average discount rate - operating lease |
|
|
10 |
% |
|
10 |
% |
The future minimum lease payments as of December 31, 2024, were as follows (in thousands):
Year |
|
Related-Party Commitment |
|
|
2025 |
|
$ |
386 |
|
2026 |
|
|
79 |
|
2027 |
|
|
83 |
|
2028 |
|
|
72 |
|
Total minimum lease payments |
|
$ |
620 |
|
Less: imputed interest |
|
|
(66 |
) |
Total lease liabilities |
|
$ |
554 |
|
Note 14 Fair Value of Financial Instruments
The following are the major categories of assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets (Level 1), significant other observable inputs (Level 2), and significant unobservable inputs (Level 3) (in thousands):
December 31, 2024 |
|
Level 1 |
|
|
Level 2 |
|
|
Level 3 |
|
|
Total |
|
||||
Assets |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Marketable securities |
|
$ |
97 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
97 |
|
Investments |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
40,473 |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
40,473 |
|
Total assets |
|
$ |
97 |
|
|
$ |
40,473 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
40,570 |
|
Liabilities |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||||
Warrant liabilities - public warrants |
|
$ |
1,016 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
1,016 |
|
Warrant liabilities - private warrants |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
916 |
|
|
|
916 |
|
Earnout liabilities |
|
|
— |
|
|
|
— |
|
|
|
996 |
|
|
|
996 |
|
Total liabilities |
|
$ |
1,016 |
|
|
$ |
— |
|
|
$ |
1,912 |
|
|
$ |
2,928 |
|
The Company had no assets and liabilities measured at fair value on a non-recurring basis as of December 31, 2024 and 2023.
99
The Company also has financial instruments not measured at fair value. The Company has evaluated cash (Level 1), restricted cash (Level 1), accounts payable (Level 2), accrued expenses (Level 2) and ExtraCash receivables (Level 3) and believes the carrying value approximates the fair value due to the short-term nature of these balances. The fair value of the debt facility (Level 2) approximates its carrying value.
Marketable Securities:
The Company evaluated the quoted market prices in active markets for its marketable securities and has classified its securities as Level 1. The Company’s investments in marketable securities are exposed to price fluctuations. The fair value measurements for the securities are based upon the quoted prices of similar items in active markets multiplied by the number of securities owned.
Investments:
The following describes the valuation techniques used by the Company to measure the fair value of investments held as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
U.S. Government Securities
The fair value of U.S. government securities is estimated by independent pricing services who use computerized valuation formulas to calculate current values. U.S. government securities are categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy.
Corporate Bonds and Notes
The fair value of corporate bonds and notes is estimated by independent pricing services who use computerized valuation formulas to calculate current values. These securities are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy or in Level 3 when market-based transaction activity is unavailable and significant unobservable inputs are used.
Asset-Backed Securities
The fair value of these asset-backed securities is estimated by independent pricing services who use computerized valuation formulas to calculate current values. These securities are generally categorized in Level 2 of the fair value hierarchy or in Level 3 when market-based transaction activity is unavailable and significant unobservable inputs are used.
Public Warrants:
As discussed further in Note 10, Warrant Liabilities, in January 2022, upon completion of the Business Combination, public warrants were automatically converted to warrants to purchase Common Stock of the Company. These public warrants met the definition of a derivative under ASC 815, and due to the terms of the warrants, were required to be liability classified. This warrant liability was initially recorded as a liability at fair value, with the offsetting entry recorded as a non-cash expense within the statement of operations. The derivative liability was subsequently recorded at fair value at each reporting period, with changes in fair value reflected in earnings. The loss related to the change in fair value of the public warrant liability for year ended December 31, 2024, was $0.9 million, which is presented within changes in fair value of public warrant liability in the consolidated statements of operations.
A roll-forward of the Level 1 public warrant liability is as follows (dollars in thousands):
Opening value at January 1, 2024 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
97 |
|
Change in fair value during the period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
919 |
|
Ending value at December 31, 2024 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
1,016 |
|
100
Private Warrants:
As discussed further in Note 10, Warrant Liabilities, in January 2022, upon completion of the Business Combination, private warrants were automatically converted to warrants to purchase Common Stock of the Company. These private warrants met the definition of a derivative under ASC 815, and due to the terms of the warrants, were required to be liability classified. This warrant liability was initially recorded as a liability at fair value, with the offsetting entry recorded as a non-cash expense within the consolidated statement of operations. The derivative liability was subsequently recorded at fair value at each reporting period, with changes in fair value reflected in earnings. The loss related to the change in fair value of the private warrant liability for year ended December 31, 2024 was $0.8 million, which is presented within changes in fair value of private warrant liability in the consolidated statements of operations.
A roll-forward of the Level 3 private warrant liability is as follows (in thousands):
Opening value at January 1, 2024 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
105 |
|
Change in fair value during the period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
811 |
|
Ending value at December 31, 2024 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
916 |
|
The Company used a Black-Scholes option pricing model to determine the fair value of the private warrant liability. The following table presents the assumptions used to value the private warrant liability for the year ended December 31, 2024:
Exercise price |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
368 |
|
Expected volatility |
|
|
|
|
|
|
66.9 |
% |
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.25 |
% |
Remaining term |
|
|
|
|
|
2.01 years |
|
|
Dividend yield |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
% |
Earnout Shares Liability:
As part of the recapitalization and business combination in January 2022, 49,563 shares of Class A Common Stock held by founders of VPCC are subject to forfeiture if the vesting condition is not met over the five year term following the Closing Date (“Founder Holder Earnout Shares”). These Founder Holder Earnout Shares were initially recorded as a liability at fair value and subsequently recorded at fair value at each reporting period, with changes in fair value reflected in earnings. The loss related to the change in fair value of the Founder Holder Earnout Shares liabilities for year ended December 31, 2024, was $1.0 million, which is presented within changes in fair value of earnout liabilities in the consolidated statements of operations.
A roll-forward of the Level 3 Founder Holder Earnout Shares liability is as follows (in thousands):
Opening value at January 1, 2024 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
31 |
|
Change in fair value during the period |
|
|
|
|
|
|
965 |
|
Ending value at December 31, 2024 |
|
|
|
|
|
$ |
996 |
|
The Company used a Monte Carlo Simulation Method to determine the fair value of the Founder Holder Earnout Shares liability. The following table presents the assumptions used to value the Founder Holder Earnout Shares liability for the year ended December 31, 2024:
Exercise price |
|
|
|
|
|
$400-$480 |
|
|
Expected volatility |
|
|
|
|
|
|
73.4 |
% |
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
|
|
|
|
4.3 |
% |
Remaining term |
|
|
|
|
|
2.01 years |
|
|
Dividend yield |
|
|
|
|
|
|
0 |
% |
There were no other assets or liabilities that were required to be measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of December 31, 2024 and December 31, 2023.
101
Note 15 Stockholders’ Equity
As of December 31, 2024, no shares of preferred stock were outstanding, and the Company has no present plans to issue any shares of preferred stock.
Pursuant to the terms of the Company’s amended and restated certificate of incorporation, shares of preferred stock may be issued from time to time in one or more series. The Company’s Board of Directors are authorized to fix the voting rights, if any, designations, powers and preferences, the relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and any qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof, applicable to the shares of each series of preferred stock. The Company’s Board of Directors are able to, without stockholder approval, issue preferred stock with voting and other rights that could adversely affect the voting power and other rights of the holders of the common stock and could have anti-takeover effects. The ability of the Company’s Board of Directors to issue preferred stock without stockholder approval could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change of control or the removal of existing management.
Class A and Class V Common Stock:
The Company’s Board of Directors has authorized two classes of common stock, Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock. The Company had authorized 500,000,000 and 100,000,000 shares of Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock, respectively. Shares of Class V Common Stock have 10 votes per share, while shares of Class A Common Stock have one vote per share. The holders of shares of Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock shall at all times vote together as a single class on all matters (including the election of directors) submitted to a vote of the Company’s stockholders. Class V Common Stock are convertible into shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-to-one basis at the option of the holders of Class V Common Stock at any time upon written notice to the Company. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had 11,551,528 and 1,514,082 of Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock issued, respectively. As of December 31, 2024, the Company had 11,501,965 and 1,514,082 of Class A Common Stock and Class V Common Stock outstanding, respectively.
Note 16 Stock-Based Compensation
In 2017, the Company’s Board of Directors adopted the Dave Inc. 2017 Stock Plan (the “2017 Plan”). The 2017 Plan authorized the award of stock options, restricted stock, and restricted stock units. On January 4, 2022, the stockholders of the Company approved the 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “2021 Plan”). The 2021 Plan was previously approved, subject to stockholder approval, by the Company’s Board of Directors on January 4, 2022. Upon the consummation of the Business Combination with VPCC, the 2017 Plan was terminated and replaced by the 2021 Plan. The maximum term of stock options granted under the 2021 Plan is 10 years and the awards generally vest over a four-year period.
The Company recognized $37.3 million and $26.7 million of stock-based compensation expense arising from stock options, restricted stock unit grants and performance-based restricted stock unit grants which is recorded as a component of compensation and benefits in the consolidated statements of operations for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Stock Options:
Management has valued stock options at their date of grant utilizing the Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair value of the underlying shares was estimated by using a number of inputs, including recent arm’s length transactions involving the sale of the Company’s common stock.
Expected term—The expected term represents the period of time that options are expected to be outstanding. As the Company does not have sufficient historical exercise behavior, it determines the expected life assumption using the simplified method, which is an average of the contractual term of the option and its vesting period.
Risk free interest rate—The risk-free interest rate is based on the implied yield available on U.S. Treasury issues with an equivalent term approximating the expected life of the options depending on the date of the grant and expected life of the options.
102
Expected dividend yield—The Company bases the expected dividend yield assumption on the fact that it has never paid cash dividends and has no present intention to pay cash dividends.
Expected volatility—Due to the Company’s limited operating history and lack of company-specific historical or implied volatility, the expected volatility assumption is based on historical volatilities of a peer group of similar companies whose share prices are publicly available. The Company identified a group of peer companies and considered their historical stock prices. In identifying peer companies, the Company considered the industry, stage of life cycle, size, and financial leverage of such other entities.
Activity with respect to stock options is summarized as follows:
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Weighted-Average |
|
|
Weighted- |
|
|
Aggregate |
|
||||
Options outstanding, January 1, 2023 |
|
|
904,220 |
|
|
$ |
21.04 |
|
|
|
7.3 |
|
|
$ |
655 |
|
Granted |
|
|
335,502 |
|
|
$ |
6.41 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Exercised |
|
|
(13,099 |
) |
|
$ |
2.13 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Forfeited |
|
|
(143,068 |
) |
|
$ |
21.67 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Expired |
|
|
(316,726 |
) |
|
$ |
22.84 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Options outstanding, December 31, 2023 |
|
|
766,829 |
|
|
$ |
14.10 |
|
|
|
6.3 |
|
|
$ |
1,148 |
|
Granted |
|
|
- |
|
|
$ |
- |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Exercised |
|
|
(195,060 |
) |
|
$ |
6.49 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Forfeited |
|
|
(9,050 |
) |
|
$ |
6.60 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Expired |
|
|
(4,340 |
) |
|
$ |
8.08 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Options outstanding, December 31, 2024 |
|
|
558,379 |
|
|
$ |
16.92 |
|
|
|
5.6 |
|
|
$ |
39,085 |
|
Nonvested options, December 31, 2024 |
|
|
359,517 |
|
|
$ |
23.08 |
|
|
|
6.2 |
|
|
$ |
22,951 |
|
Vested and exercisable, December 31, 2024 |
|
|
198,862 |
|
|
$ |
5.79 |
|
|
|
4.6 |
|
|
$ |
16,134 |
|
At December 31, 2024, total estimated unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to unvested stock options prior to that date was $1.9 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average remaining period of 3.3 years.
On March 3, 2021, the Company granted the Chief Executive Officer stock options to purchase up to 358,001 shares of Common Stock in nine tranches. Each of the nine tranches contain service, market and performance conditions. The market conditions relate to the achievement of certain specified price targets. Vesting commences on the grant date; however, no compensation charges are recognized until the service and performance condition are probable, which is upon the completion of a liquidity event, the achievement of specified price targets for each tranche of shares, and continuous employment. Upon the completion of the business combination with VPCC, the performance condition was met and the Company recorded a cumulative stock-based compensation expense of $1.9 million. The options have a strike price of $23.18 per share. The Company determined the fair value of the options on the grant date to be $10.5 million using a Monte Carlo simulation with key inputs and assumptions such as stock price, term, dividend yield, risk-free interest rate, and volatility. The derived service periods determined by the valuation for each of the nine tranches range from approximately 3 years to approximately 7 years. Each tranche will be expensed monthly over the derived service period unless vesting conditions for a particular tranche are met, at which point all remaining compensation charges related to that particular tranche will be expensed in the period in which the vesting conditions were met.
103
The following table presents the key inputs and assumptions used to value the options granted to the Chief Executive Officer on the grant date:
Remaining term |
|
10.0 years |
|
|
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
1.5 |
% |
Expected dividend yield |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
Expected volatility |
|
|
40.0 |
% |
Stock Option Repricing:
In April 2023, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a repricing of certain previously granted and still outstanding vested and unvested stock option awards held by eligible employees, which was approved by stockholders on June 9, 2023. As a result, the exercise price for these awards was lowered to $5.18 per share, which was the average per share closing price of the Company’s Class A Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Stock Market for the 30 trading days ending on and including June 9, 2023. No other terms of the repriced stock options were modified, and the repriced stock options will continue to vest according to their original vesting schedules and will retain their original expiration dates. As a result of the repricing, 134,931 vested and unvested stock options outstanding as of June 9, 2023, with original exercise prices ranging from $22.09 to $23.18, were repriced.
The repricing on June 9, 2023 resulted in incremental stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million, of which $0.14 million related to vested stock option awards was expensed on the repricing date. The remaining $0.06 million related to unvested stock option awards is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the weighted-average vesting period of those awards of approximately 1.3 years as of June 9, 2023.
In September 2023, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a repricing of certain previously granted and still outstanding vested and unvested stock option awards held by eight remaining eligible employees excluded from the aforementioned June 9 repricing. As a result, the exercise price for these awards was lowered to $7.23 per share, which was the average per share closing price of the Company’s Class A Common Stock as reported on the Nasdaq Global Stock Market for the 30 trading days ending on and including September 13, 2023. No other terms of the repriced stock options were modified, and the repriced stock options will continue to vest according to their original vesting schedules and will retain their original expiration dates. As a result of the repricing, 200,571 vested and unvested stock options outstanding as of September 13, 2023, with original exercise prices ranging from $22.09 to $23.18, were repriced.
The repricing on September 13, 2023 resulted in incremental stock-based compensation expense of $0.2 million, of which $0.17 million related to vested stock option awards was expensed on the repricing date. The remaining $0.07 million related to unvested stock option awards is being amortized on a straight-line basis over the weighted-average vesting period of those awards of approximately 1.0 years as of September 13, 2023.
Restricted Stock Units:
Activity with respect to RSUs is summarized as follows:
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Weighted-Average |
|
||
Outstanding shares at January 1, 2024 |
|
|
1,726,639 |
|
|
$ |
23.10 |
|
Granted |
|
|
568,363 |
|
|
$ |
28.63 |
|
Vested and Released |
|
|
(527,024 |
) |
|
$ |
34.75 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(567,110 |
) |
|
$ |
13.43 |
|
Outstanding shares at December 31, 2024 |
|
|
1,200,868 |
|
|
$ |
27.21 |
|
At December 31, 2024, total estimated unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to nonvested RSUs was $30.3 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 2.4 years.
During the quarter ended March 31, 2023, the Company granted 629,454 RSUs to certain employees in six tranches. Each of the six tranches contain service and market conditions. The market conditions relate to the achievement of certain specified price targets.
104
Vesting commences on the grant date and the Company determined the fair value of the RSUs on the grant date to be approximately $3.0 million using a Monte Carlo simulation with key inputs and assumptions such as stock price, term, risk-free interest rate, and volatility. The derived service periods determined by the valuation for each of the six tranches range from approximately two years to approximately three years. Each tranche will be expensed monthly over the derived service period unless vesting conditions for a particular tranche are met, at which point all remaining compensation charges related to that particular tranche will be expensed in the period in which the vesting conditions were met.
The following table presents the key inputs and assumptions used to value the RSUs granted during January 2023 that contain service and market conditions on the grant date:
Remaining term |
|
5.0 years |
|
|
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
3.5 |
% |
Expected volatility |
|
|
79.7 |
% |
During October 2023, the Company granted 71,844 RSUs to certain employees in six tranches. Each of the six tranches contain service and market conditions. The market conditions relate to the achievement of certain specified price targets. Vesting commences on the grant date and the Company determined the fair value of the RSUs on the grant date to be approximately $0.2 million using a Monte Carlo simulation with key inputs and assumptions such as stock price, term, risk-free interest rate, and volatility. The derived service periods determined by the valuation ranges from approximately two years to approximately three years. Each grant will be expensed monthly over the derived service period unless vesting conditions for a particular grant are met, at which point all remaining compensation charges related to that particular grant will be expensed in the period in which the vesting conditions were met.
The following table presents the key inputs and assumptions used to value the RSUs granted during October 2023 that contain service and market conditions on the grant date:
Remaining term |
|
4.2 years |
|
|
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
4.9 |
% |
Expected volatility |
|
|
87.6 |
% |
During the quarter ended June 30, 2024, the Company's Board of Directors approved a modification to the price targets in the market conditions and the addition of alternative performance conditions for 333,275 unvested RSUs. The modification of the unvested RSUs resulted in an incremental stock-based compensation expense of $1.0 million, which will be expensed monthly over the derived service period. The weighted average modification-date fair value of the RSUs was $5.36 per award. The Company determined the fair value of the RSUs on the modification date using a Monte Carlo simulation with key inputs and assumptions such as stock price, term, risk-free interest rate, and volatility. The derived service periods determined by the valuation range from approximately one year to approximately two years. The RSUs will be expensed monthly over the derived service period unless vesting conditions for a particular tranche are met, at which point all remaining compensation charges will be expensed in the period in which the vesting conditions were met. As a result of the modification, the RSUs are now classified as performance-based RSUs and included in the activity table below.
The following table presents the key inputs and assumptions used to value the RSUs modified during the quarter ended June 30, 2024:
Remaining term |
|
3.7 years |
|
|
Risk-free interest rate |
|
|
4.7 |
% |
Expected volatility |
|
|
71.7 |
% |
During the quarter ended September 30, 2024, the Company's Board of Directors approved a modification to the price targets in the market conditions and the addition of alternative performance conditions for 50,000 unvested RSUs and during the quarter the Company achieved the performance conditions. The modification and achievement of the performance conditions resulted in an incremental cumulative stock-based compensation expense of approximately $0.4 million. As a result of the modification, the RSUs are now classified as performance-based RSUs and included in the activity table below. The 50,000 performance-based RSUs were subject to vesting as of December 31, 2024 and will be considered vested and subsequently issued based upon the achievement of the remaining service requirement as outlined in the award agreements.
105
Performance-Based Restricted Stock Units:
The Company grants performance-based RSUs to certain executives and employees as part of its long-term incentive plan. The performance-based RSUs are subject to the attainment of defined performance and service conditions, such as the Company's trailing twelve month adjusted EBITDA and specific share price targets, both subject to continued employment with the Company through certain dates. The actual number of shares subject to the award is determined at the end of the performance period and may range from 0% to 150% of the target shares granted depending upon the terms of the award.
Activity with respect to Performance-Based RSUs is summarized as follows:
|
|
Shares |
|
|
Weighted-Average |
|
||
Outstanding shares at January 1, 2024 |
|
|
- |
|
|
$ |
- |
|
Granted |
|
|
516,316 |
|
|
$ |
34.14 |
|
Vested and Released |
|
|
(145,708 |
) |
|
$ |
33.90 |
|
Forfeited |
|
|
(32,556 |
) |
|
$ |
33.90 |
|
Outstanding shares at December 31, 2024 |
|
|
338,052 |
|
|
$ |
34.26 |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
During the year ended December 31, 2024, the Company achieved certain performance conditions as outlined in its grant agreements and recorded a cumulative stock-based compensation expense of approximately $5.6 million. Additionally, a total of 160,453 performance-based RSUs were subject to vesting as of December 31, 2024 and will be considered vested and subsequently issued to participants based upon the achievement of the remaining service requirements as outlined in the award agreements.
At December 31, 2024, total estimated unrecognized stock-based compensation cost related to nonvested performance-based RSUs was approximately $4.9 million, which is expected to be recognized over a weighted-average period of 1.5 years.
106
Note 17 Related-Party Transactions
Leasing Arrangements:
For each of the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, the Company paid $0.4 million under lease agreements with PCJW, which is controlled by the Company's founders (including the Company's CEO) for general office space in Los Angeles, California.
The following is a schedule of future minimum rental payments as of December 31, 2024, under Company’s sublease for the properties located in Los Angeles, California signed with PCJW (in thousands):
Year |
|
Related-Party Commitment |
|
|
2025 |
|
|
386 |
|
2026 |
|
|
79 |
|
2027 |
|
|
83 |
|
2028 |
|
|
72 |
|
Total minimum lease payments |
|
$ |
620 |
|
Less: imputed interest |
|
|
(66 |
) |
Total lease liabilities |
|
$ |
554 |
|
The related-party components of the lease right-of-use assets, lease liabilities, short-term, and lease liabilities, long-term are presented as part of the right-of-use asset and lease liability on the consolidated balance sheets.
Debt Facility:
Brendan Carroll, a Senior Partner at Victory Park Capital Advisors, LLC ("VPC") joined the board of directors of the Company upon closing of the Business Combination. Interest expense related to the Debt Facility totaled $7.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2024. For more information about the Debt Facility with VPC, refer to Note 11, Debt Facility.
Legal Services:
The law firm of Mitchell Sandler LLC, of which the Company's director Andrea Mitchell is a partner, provided legal services to the Company, which totaled $1.3 million for the year ended December 31, 2024.
107
Note 18 Income Taxes
The components of income tax (benefit) expense for the years ended December 31, 2024, and 2023 were as follows (dollars in thousands):
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Current: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Federal |
|
$ |
1,244 |
|
|
$ |
- |
|
State |
|
|
1,237 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
Total current |
|
|
2,481 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
Deferred: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Federal |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
State |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
Total deferred |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
Provision for (benefit from) income taxes |
|
$ |
2,481 |
|
|
$ |
120 |
|
A reconciliation between the Company’s federal statutory tax rate and its effective tax rate for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023 is as follows:
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Federal statutory tax rate |
|
|
21.0 |
% |
|
|
21.0 |
% |
State taxes, net of federal benefit |
|
|
5.8 |
% |
|
|
23.3 |
% |
Non-deductible excess compensation |
|
|
5.3 |
% |
|
|
-2.4 |
% |
Warrant liability |
|
|
0.6 |
% |
|
|
0.1 |
% |
Earnout liability |
|
|
0.3 |
% |
|
|
0.0 |
% |
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
-6.5 |
% |
|
|
-9.1 |
% |
Other |
|
|
1.2 |
% |
|
|
-1.0 |
% |
Research and development tax credit - federal |
|
|
-8.2 |
% |
|
|
5.6 |
% |
Return to provision |
|
|
-0.6 |
% |
|
|
3.9 |
% |
Change in valuation allowance |
|
|
-14.9 |
% |
|
|
-41.6 |
% |
Effective tax rate |
|
|
4.0 |
% |
|
|
-0.2 |
% |
108
The major components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, consists of the following (dollars in thousands):
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Deferred tax assets: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Net operating loss carryforward |
|
$ |
13,653 |
|
|
$ |
32,616 |
|
Allowance for credit losses |
|
|
6,530 |
|
|
|
5,839 |
|
Research and development tax credit |
|
|
10,477 |
|
|
|
9,453 |
|
Accrued expenses |
|
|
2,857 |
|
|
|
1,777 |
|
Accrued compensation |
|
|
1,267 |
|
|
|
891 |
|
Lease liability |
|
|
159 |
|
|
|
242 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
1,102 |
|
|
|
926 |
|
Excess interest expense carryforward |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
3,304 |
|
Section 174 research and development expenditures |
|
|
21,721 |
|
|
|
11,664 |
|
Other |
|
|
1,881 |
|
|
|
1,863 |
|
Total deferred tax assets |
|
|
59,647 |
|
|
|
68,575 |
|
Deferred tax liabilities: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Prepaid expenses |
|
|
(756 |
) |
|
|
(529 |
) |
Other |
|
|
(233 |
) |
|
|
(529 |
) |
Total deferred tax liabilities |
|
|
(989 |
) |
|
|
(1,058 |
) |
Total net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance |
|
|
58,658 |
|
|
|
67,517 |
|
Less: valuation allowance |
|
|
(58,658 |
) |
|
|
(67,517 |
) |
Total net deferred taxes |
|
$ |
- |
|
|
$ |
- |
|
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had $32.7 million of federal and $86.7 million of combined state net operating loss (“NOL”) carryforwards available to offset future taxable income. The federal NOLs do not expire; however, they are subject to a utilization limit of 80% of taxable income in any given year. The state NOLs begin to expire in 2031, except for $7.3 million of state NOLs that do not expire. Internal Revenue Code Section 382 imposes limitations on the utilization of NOLs in the event of certain changes in ownership of the Company. The Company has started, but not yet completed a comprehensive analysis of its past ownership changes. Depending upon the degree of those past ownership changes, and any future ownership changes, annual limits may impair the Company’s ability to utilize NOLs and could cause federal and state income taxes to be due sooner than if no such limitations applied.
The realization of deferred tax assets is dependent upon future sources of taxable income. Available positive and negative evidence is considered in making this determination. Due to a history of losses and uncertainty as to future taxable income, realization of the deferred tax assets is limited to the anticipated reversal of deferred tax liabilities. Management determined that there were insufficient federal and state deferred tax liabilities to offset all of the federal and state deferred tax assets at December 31, 2024 and 2023. Therefore, management believes it is more-likely-than-not that the net federal and state deferred assets will not be fully realized and has recorded valuation allowances in the amounts of $58.7 million and $67.5 million, as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
A reconciliation of the Company’s gross unrecognized tax benefits as of December 31, 2024 and 2023 is as follows (dollars in thousands):
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Balance at beginning of year |
|
$ |
1,325 |
|
|
$ |
849 |
|
Increases to prior positions |
|
|
95 |
|
|
|
- |
|
Decreases to prior positions |
|
|
- |
|
|
|
- |
|
Increases for current year positions |
|
|
606 |
|
|
|
476 |
|
Balance at end of year |
|
$ |
2,026 |
|
|
$ |
1,325 |
|
As of December 31, 2024, the Company had $2.0 million of gross unrecognized tax benefits related to state income taxes and federal and state research and development tax credits. The unrecognized tax benefits of $0.8 million as of December 31, 2024, would, if recognized, affect the effective tax rate. Although it is possible that the amount of unrecognized tax benefits with respect to the uncertain tax positions will increase or decrease in the next 12 months, the Company does not expect material changes.
109
The Company recognized insignificant amounts of interest expense as a component of income tax expense during the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023. The income tax related accrued interest amounts were also insignificant as of December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
The Company is subject to examination by taxing authorities in the jurisdictions in which it files tax returns, including federal, California, and various other state jurisdictions. The federal statute of limitations remains open for the tax periods December 31, 2021 and thereafter. The statute of limitations for California and various other state jurisdictions remains open for the tax periods December 31, 2020 and thereafter.
Note 19 401(k) Savings Plan
The Company maintains a 401(k) savings plan for the benefit of its employees. Employees can defer up to 90% of their compensation subject to fixed annual limits. All current employees are eligible to participate in the 401(k) savings plan. Beginning January 2021, the Company began matching contributions to the 401(k) savings plan equal to 100% of the first 4% of wages deferred by each participating employee. The Company incurred expenses for employer matching contributions of $2.1 million and $2.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023, respectively.
Note 20 Segment Information
In accordance with ASC 280, Segment Reporting, the operations of the Company constitute a single operating and reportable segment. This conclusion reflects the manner in which the Chief Operating Decision Maker ("CODM"), a joint responsibility, shared by the Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, reviews financial information and makes operating decisions. The determination of the reportable segment is based on the nature of the Company’s products and services, as well as the financial performance, on a consolidated entity-wide basis, that are regularly reviewed by the CODM to guide resource allocation and assess performance.
The Company’s operations, all of which are located in the United States, collectively support this single-segment structure. No Member individually contributed to 10% or more of the Company’s revenues for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023.
For further information regarding the Company’s products, services, and the accounting policies applied to its reportable segment, refer to Note 2 Significant Accounting Policies.
The key performance measure used by the CODM to make key operating decisions is consolidated net income (loss), as reported in the Consolidated Statement of Operations. This measure to assess overall financial performance, identify areas for operation improvement, resource allocation and the allocation of budget between the provision for credit losses, processing and servicing costs, advertising and marketing, compensation and benefits and other operating expenses. This measure helps to ensure alignment with the Company’s long-term financial objectives and supports consistent evaluation across all business activities.
The segment assets and liabilities reviewed by the CODM are those reported on the Company’s consolidated balance sheets, with particular focus on available liquidity, including cash, cash equivalents, investments, restricted cash, and ExtraCash receivables, offset by current liabilities and outstanding debt.
The following table presents selected financial information with respect to the Company’s single operating and reportable segment for the years ended December 31, 2024 and 2023:
110
Dave Inc. |
|
|||||||
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|||||||
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
|
|
For the Year Ended December 31, |
|
|||||
|
|
2024 |
|
|
2023 |
|
||
Operating revenues: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Service based revenue, net |
|
$ |
311,426 |
|
|
$ |
232,241 |
|
Transaction based revenue, net |
|
|
35,650 |
|
|
|
26,852 |
|
Total operating revenues, net |
|
|
347,076 |
|
|
|
259,093 |
|
Operating expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Provision for credit losses |
|
|
54,626 |
|
|
|
58,386 |
|
Processing and servicing costs |
|
|
30,377 |
|
|
|
28,926 |
|
Advertising and marketing |
|
|
44,904 |
|
|
|
48,392 |
|
Employee salaries |
|
|
52,333 |
|
|
|
51,308 |
|
Stock-based compensation |
|
|
37,327 |
|
|
|
26,674 |
|
Other compensation and benefits |
|
|
17,368 |
|
|
|
16,928 |
|
Technology and infrastructure |
|
|
11,923 |
|
|
|
11,440 |
|
Other operating expenses |
|
|
63,607 |
|
|
|
59,239 |
|
Total operating expenses |
|
|
312,465 |
|
|
|
301,293 |
|
Other (income) expenses: |
|
|
|
|
|
|
||
Interest income |
|
|
(2,984 |
) |
|
|
(5,295 |
) |
Interest expense |
|
|
7,989 |
|
|
|
11,774 |
|
Gain on extinguishment of convertible debt |
|
|
(33,442 |
) |
|
|
- |
|
Changes in fair value of earnout liabilities |
|
|
965 |
|
|
|
(22 |
) |
Changes in fair value of public and private warrant liabilities |
|
|
1,729 |
|
|
|
(260 |
) |
Total other (income) expense, net |
|
|
(25,743 |
) |
|
|
6,197 |
|
Net income (loss) before provision for income taxes |
|
|
60,354 |
|
|
|
(48,397 |
) |
Provision for income taxes |
|
|
2,481 |
|
|
|
120 |
|
Net income (loss) |
|
$ |
57,873 |
|
|
$ |
(48,517 |
) |
Other operating expenses consist primarily of commitments to charity, checking product costs (program expenses, association fees, processor fees, losses from Member-disputed transactions, bank card fees and fraud), depreciation and amortization of property and equipment and intangible assets, legal fees, rent, certain sales tax related costs, office related expenses, public relations costs, professional services fees, travel and entertainment, and insurance.
Significant noncash items that impact net income (loss) include depreciation expense (see Note 6, Property and Equipment, Net), amortization expense (see Note 7, Intangible Assets, Net), changes in fair value of earnout liabilities (see Note 14, Fair Value of Financial Instruments), and changes in fair value of public and private warrant liabilities (see Note 14, Fair Value of Financial Instruments).
Note 21 Subsequent Events
Subsequent events are events or transactions that occur after the consolidated balance sheet date, but before the consolidated financial statements are available to be issued. The Company recognizes in the consolidated financial statements the effects of all subsequent events that provide additional evidence about conditions that existed at the date of the consolidated balance sheet, including the estimates inherent in the process of preparing the consolidated financial statements. The Company’s consolidated financial statements do not recognize subsequent events that provide evidence about conditions that did not exist at the date of the consolidated balance sheet but arose after the consolidated balance sheet date and before the consolidated financial statements were available to be issued.
111
On March 3, 2025, the Company announced that its subsidiary had entered into a Program Agreement with Coastal Community Bank to become a sponsor for Dave’s banking and ExtraCash products. Dave Members will begin onboarding to Coastal Community Bank as soon as Q2 2025.
Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.
None.
Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.
Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures
Disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed by us in our Exchange Act reports is recorded, processed, summarized, and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms, and that such information is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our principal executive officer and principal financial officer or persons performing similar functions, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure.
As required by Rules 13a-15 and 15d-15 under the Exchange Act, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer carried out an evaluation of the effectiveness of the design and operation of our disclosure controls and procedures as of December 31, 2024. Based on this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer have concluded that our disclosure controls and procedures were effective for the year ended December 31, 2024, due to the remediation of material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting in our consolidated financial statements for the year ended December 31, 2023. Accordingly, management believes that the financial statements included in this Annual Report on Form 10-K present fairly in all material respects our financial position, results of operations and cash flows for the period presented.
Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting
Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting, as such term is defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f). Our internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with GAAP. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. Under the supervision of our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer and with the participation of our management, we conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2024 based on the framework in “Internal Control—Integrated Framework” issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 Framework). Based on that evaluation, our management concluded that our internal control over financial reporting were effective as of December 31, 2024.
Remediation of Previously Identified Material Weakness
We previously identified and disclosed the following material weaknesses in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2023:
112
We implemented our previously disclosed remediation efforts, through enhancing our internal control environment by completing an enterprise-wide risk assessment, process narratives, risk and control matrices, a subsequent gap analysis and performed testing of the design and operating effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting. These efforts also included, but were not limited to: adding additional resources in accounting and finance departments, utilizing third party specialists to assist with complex accounting matters and reduce risks associated with the lack of segregation of duties; implementing a segregation of duties monitoring tool; formalizing accounting policies and procedures; implementing a new enterprise resource planning system to enhance the journal entry review and approval processes; performing bank and balance sheet account reconciliations on a monthly basis; implementing a Sarbanes Oxley compliance and audit management platform; and designing and implementing both IT general controls and IT application controls around our product platform and core applications, including controls over: change management, access security and IT operations. During the year ended December 31, 2024, we completed our testing of the design and operating effectiveness of the implemented controls and concluded them to be effective. As a result, we have concluded that our material weaknesses have been remediated as of December 31, 2024.
Changes in Internal Control over Financial Reporting
Other than described above, there were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as such term is defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) of the Exchange Act) during the most recent fiscal quarter that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting.
Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness of Controls
In designing and evaluating the disclosure controls and procedures, management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving the desired control objectives. In addition, the design of disclosure controls and procedures must reflect the fact that there are resource constraints and management is required to apply its judgment in evaluating the benefits of possible controls and procedures relative to their cost.
Item 9B. Other Information.
None.
Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.
Not applicable.
113
PART III
Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance
Except for the information regarding executive officers and directors, which is included herein under “Information about our Executive Officers and Directors”, our code of ethics and corporate governance, which is set forth below, the information required by this Item 10 will be included in our Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC and is incorporated herein by reference.
We have adopted an Insider Trading Policy governing the purchase, sale and other dispositions of our securities by our directors, officers, employees and other individuals associated with us that we believe is reasonably designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations and listing standards applicable to us. It is also our policy to comply with applicable securities laws when engaging in transactions in our own securities. A copy of our Insider Trading Policy is filed as Exhibit 19.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.
Code of Ethics
The board of directors of Dave has adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all of its directors, officers and employees, including the principal executive officer, principal financial officer, principal accounting officer or controller, or persons performing similar functions. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on the Corporate Governance section of Dave’s website. In addition, Dave will post on the Corporate Governance section of its website all disclosures that are required by law or Nasdaq listing standards relating to any amendments to, or waivers from, any provision of the Code of Business Conduct and Ethics.
Item 11. Executive Compensation
The information required by this Item 11 will be included in our Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.
The information required by this Item 12 will be included in our Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions, and Director Independence.
The information required by this Item 13 will be included in our Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC and is incorporated herein by reference.
Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services.
Our independent public accounting firm is Deloitte & Touche LLP, Los Angeles, CA, PCAOB Auditor ID 34.
The information required by this Item 14 will be included in our Proxy Statement to be filed with the SEC and is incorporated herein by reference.
114
PART IV
Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.
The following documents are filed as part of this report:
|
(1) |
Financial Statements The financial statements listed in the Index to Financial Statements under Part II, Item 8 of this report. |
|
(2) |
Financial Statement Schedules None. |
|
(3) |
Exhibits The following exhibits are filed, furnished or incorporated by reference as part of this report. |
115
Exhibit |
Description |
2.1* |
|
|
|
3.1 |
|
|
|
3.1.1 |
|
|
|
3.2 |
|
|
|
4.2 |
|
|
|
4.3 |
Description of Securities (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 4.3 to the Company’s Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the Commission on March 25, 2022). |
|
|
10.1 |
|
|
|
10.2 |
|
|
|
10.3 |
|
|
|
10.4 |
|
|
|
10.5† |
|
|
|
10.6† |
Second Amendment to the Dave Inc Amended and Restated2021Equity Incentive Plan. |
|
|
10.7† |
|
|
|
10.8† |
|
|
|
10.9† |
|
|
|
10.10† |
|
|
|
116
10.11 |
|
|
|
10.12 |
|
|
|
10.13 |
|
|
|
10.14*† |
|
|
|
10.15* |
|
|
|
10.16*† |
|
|
|
10.17*† |
|
|
|
10.18*† |
|
|
|
10.19† |
|
|
|
10.20† |
|
|
|
10.21† |
|
|
|
19.1 |
|
|
|
21.1 |
|
|
|
23.1 |
|
|
|
24.1 |
|
|
|
31.1 |
|
|
|
31.2 |
|
|
|
32 |
|
|
|
117
97.1† |
|
|
|
101.INS |
Inline XBRL Instance Document - the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the inline XBRL document. |
|
|
101.SCH |
Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document With Embedded Linkbase Documents. |
|
|
104 |
Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101). |
*The schedules to this Exhibit have been omitted in accordance with Regulation S-K
Item 601(a)(5). The Company agrees to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon its request.
+ Certain identified information has been redacted in accordance with Regulation S-K Item 601(b)(2)(ii) or 601(b)(10)(iv), as applicable.
† Indicates a management contract or compensatory plan, contract or arrangement.
118
Item 16. Form 10-K Summary
Not applicable.
119
SIGNATURES
Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.
|
|
|
|
March 4, 2025 |
|
DAVE INC. |
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
By: |
/s/ Jason Wilk |
|
|
|
Jason Wilk |
|
|
|
Title: Chief Executive Officer |
POWER OF ATTORNEY
KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Joan Aristei or Kyle Beilman as his or her attorney-in-fact, with the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorney-in-fact, or his substitute, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.
Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, this report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated.
|
|
|
Signature
|
Title
|
Date
|
|
|
|
/s/ Jason Wilk |
Chief Executive Officer and Director (Principal Executive Officer) |
March 4, 2025 |
Jason Wilk |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Kyle Beilman |
Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial and Accounting Officer) |
March 4, 2025 |
Kyle Beilman |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Brendan Carroll |
Director |
March 4, 2025 |
Brendan Carroll |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Andrea Mitchell |
Director |
March 4, 2025 |
Andrea Mitchell |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Michael Pope |
Director |
March 4, 2025 |
Michael Pope |
|
|
|
|
|
/s/ Dan Preston |
Director |
March 4, 2025 |
Dan Preston |
|
|
/s/ Imran Khan |
Director |
March 4, 2025 |
Imran Khan |
|
|
/s/ Yadin Rozov |
Director |
March 4, 2025 |
Yadin Rozov |
|
|
120
Exhibit 10.6
SECOND AMENDMENT
TO THE
DAVE INC. AMENDED AND RESTATED 2021 EQUITY INCENTIVE PLAN
This second amendment (this “Second Amendment”) to the Dave Inc. Amended and Restated 2021 Equity Incentive Plan (the “Equity Incentive Plan”), effective as of December 12, 2024, was approved by all of the members of the Compensation Committee (the “Committee”) of the Board of Directors (the “Board”) of Dave Inc. (the “Company”) on December 10, 2024. Capitalized terms used and not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings ascribed to such terms in the Equity Incentive Plan.
(v) Termination for Cause. Except as otherwise determined by the Administrator, if a Participant ceases to be a Service Provider as a result of being terminated for Cause, any outstanding Option (including any vested portion thereof) held by such Participant shall immediately terminate in its entirety upon the Participant being first notified of his or her termination for Cause and the Participant will be prohibited from exercising his or her Option from and after the date of such termination. All the Participant’s rights under any Option, including the right to exercise the Option, may be suspended pending an investigation of whether Participant will be terminated for Cause.
Exhibit 19.1
DAVE INC.
INSIDER TRADING POLICY
(Adopted and approved on July 24, 2024)
The following sets forth the policy of Dave Inc. (the “Company”) with respect to transactions (as defined below) in the Company’s securities (e.g., Class A common stock, options, warrants and derivative securities), as well as the securities of publicly-traded companies with which the Company has a business relationship, for the purpose of promoting compliance with applicable securities laws by its and its subsidiaries’ directors, officers, employees and designated contractors.
Federal and state securities laws prohibit the purchase or sale of a company’s securities by anyone who is aware of material information about that company that is not generally known or available to the public (commonly referred to as material non-public information, or “MNPI”). These laws also prohibit anyone who is aware of MNPI from disclosing such information to others who may trade. Companies and their controlling persons may also be subject to liability if they fail to take reasonable steps to prevent insider trading by company personnel.
The penalties for insider trading include civil fines of up to three (3) times the profit gained or loss avoided, and criminal fines of up to $5 million ($25 million for entities) and up to twenty years in jail for each violation. The Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”) has imposed large penalties even when the disclosing person did not profit from the trading. The SEC, the stock exchanges and the Financial Industry Regulatory Authority use sophisticated electronic surveillance techniques to uncover insider trading.
Individuals who violate this policy will be subject to disciplinary action by the Company, which may include ineligibility for future participation in the Company’s equity plans or termination of employment for cause. In addition, if the Company becomes aware of a violation of this policy, the Company may inform the appropriate governmental authorities.
As a director, officer, employee or designated contractor of the Company or its subsidiaries (each, a “Covered Person”), this policy applies to you. The same restrictions that apply to you additionally apply to your family members who reside with you, anyone else who lives in your household, and any family members who do not live in your household but whose transactions in the Company’s securities are directed by you or are subject to your influence or control (such as parents or children who consult with you before they trade in the Company’s securities); it also covers venture capital firms and other entities (such as partnerships, trusts and corporations) that are affiliated or associated with you or such persons. You are responsible for making sure that any transaction in securities covered by this policy by you or any of these people or entities complies with this policy.
An affiliate of a person subject to this policy is someone who directly or indirectly controls or is controlled by, or is under common control with, such person. An associate of a person subject to this policy is (i) a corporation or organization (other than the Company or a majority owned subsidiary of the Company) of which such person is an officer or partner or is directly or indirectly the beneficial owner of 10% or more of any class of equity securities or (ii) any trust in which such person has a substantial beneficial interest or as to which such person serves as trustee or in a similar capacity.
Each individual is responsible for the consequences of his or her actions. You are responsible for understanding and complying with this policy. Employees of the Company who violate this policy shall also be subject to disciplinary action by the Company, which may include ineligibility for future participation in the Company’s equity plans or termination of employment for cause.
The portions of this policy relating to trading while in possession of MNPI and the use or disclosure of that information to others continue to apply to transactions in the Company’s securities even after termination of employment or association with the Company, if the MNPI was obtained as the result of your role as a Covered Person.
If you are aware of MNPI about the Company when your employment or other business relationship with the Company ends, you may not trade in the Company’s securities or disclose the MNPI to anyone else until that information is made public or is no longer material.
For purposes of this policy, “material non-public information” or “MNPI” is any material information about a company that has not yet become publicly available.
Information is “material” if there is a substantial likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making a decision to buy, hold or sell securities. Any information that could reasonably be expected to affect the price of the security is material. The information may be positive or negative. Financial information is frequently material, even if it covers only part of a fiscal period or less than all of the company’s operations, since either of these might convey enough information about the company’s consolidated results of operations to be considered material information. Other common examples of information that may be material include:
It is not possible to define all categories of material information, and you should recognize that the public, the media and the courts may use hindsight in judging what is material. The materiality of particular information is subject to reassessment on a regular basis. Therefore, it is important to “play it safe” and assume information is material if there is any doubt. You may also consult with the Compliance Officer. The “Compliance Officer” means the Company’s Chief Legal Officer or his or her designee; provided that in the event there is no Chief Legal Officer or the Chief Legal Officer or his or her designee is unavailable, the Company’s Chief Financial Officer shall be authorized to serve as the Compliance Officer in the interim or to designate another person as the Compliance Officer.
It should be emphasized that material information does not have to relate to a company’s business; information about the contents of a forthcoming publication in the financial press that is expected to affect the market price of a security could well be material. You should assume that information that would affect your consideration of whether to trade, or which might tend to influence the price of the security, is material. Information that something is likely to happen or even just that it may happen can be material. Courts often resolve close cases in favor of finding the information material.
2
Information is “non-public” if it is not generally known or available to the public. Information may still be non-public even though it is widely known within the Company.
Release of information to the media does not immediately mean the information has become publicly available. Information is considered available to the public only when it has been released broadly to the marketplace (such as by a press release or an SEC filing) and the investing public has had time to absorb and evaluate it. Ordinarily, information about the Company should not be considered public until at least one full trading day has passed following its formal release to the market.
4.1. You are prohibited from engaging in any transaction in the Company’s securities (including gifts or other transfers without consideration, such as partnership distributions) while aware of MNPI about the Company. It makes no difference whether you relied upon or used MNPI in deciding to trade – if you are aware of MNPI about the Company, the prohibition applies.
This prohibition covers virtually all transactions in securities of the Company. In this regard, the term “securities” includes common stock, options to purchase common stock, debt securities, preferred stock and derivative securities, such as put and call options, warrants, swaps, caps and collars, and the term “transactions” includes purchases, sales, pledges, hedges, loans and gifts of the Company’s securities, as well as other direct or indirect transfers of the Company’s securities. This prohibition extends to trades of the Company’s securities in which you have any “beneficial” or other interest, or over which you exercise investment control, including: (i) transactions in the Company’s securities held in joint accounts or accounts of persons or entities controlled directly or indirectly by you; (ii) transactions in the Company’s securities for which you act as trustee, executor or custodian; and (iii) transactions in any other account or investment involving in any way any of the Company’s securities over which you exercise any direct or indirect control.
4.2 For the avoidance of doubt, this prohibition applies to the subsequent sales of the Company’s securities issued pursuant to equity awards, as well broker-assisted sales for the purpose of generating the cash needed to cover the costs of options exercises and/or tax withholding. In addition, your decision to participate in the ESPP and any decision to change your election under the ESPP should not be made while you are in possession of MNPI.
4.3 You are also prohibited from engaging in transactions in securities of other companies with which the Company has a business relationship while aware of MNPI about those companies learned in connection with your role as a Covered Person. Such MNPI may include, but is not limited to, negotiations over mergers, acquisitions, divestitures or renewal or termination of significant contracts or other arrangements.
4.4. These prohibitions do not apply to:
4.4.1. The exercise of stock options or option-like awards if the exercise price is paid in cash or through the Company withholding a portion of the shares underlying the options.
4.4.2. The Company’s withholding of shares underlying equity awards to satisfy tax withholding requirements.
4.4.3 Transactions made pursuant to a valid “10b5-1 plan” meeting the requirements of Section 9 below and Appendix B.
4.4.4 Transfers by will or the laws of descent and distribution or transfers for tax planning purposes in which your beneficial ownership and pecuniary interest in the transferred securities do not change.
3
4.4.5 The purchase of the Company’s securities under the Employee Stock Purchase Plan.
4.4.6. Transactions in mutual funds that are invested in the Company’s securities.
4.4.7 Transactions otherwise prohibited by this policy if, prior to the transaction, the Compliance Officer determines that the transaction is not inconsistent with the purposes of this policy and exceptional circumstances apply.
The existence of a personal financial emergency does not excuse you from compliance with this policy and will not be the basis for an exception to the policy under Section 4.4.7 or otherwise for a transaction that is not inconsistent with the purposes of the policy.
You may not disclose MNPI about the Company or any other company with which the Company has a business relationship learned in connection with your role as a Covered Person to others, make recommendations or express opinions to others about investments in or the prospects of the Company or those companies while in possession of this information, or otherwise make unauthorized disclosure or use of this information. Use of such information other than for legitimate business purposes of the Company violates Company policy and the terms of applicable confidentiality agreements. This practice, known as “tipping,” also violates securities laws and can result in the same civil and criminal penalties that apply to insider trading, even if you did not trade and did not gain or intend to gain any benefit from another’s trading or the disclosure or use of such information.
Any written or verbal statement that would be prohibited under the law or under this policy is equally prohibited if made on the internet through electronic bulletin boards, chat rooms, blogs, websites or any other form of social media, regardless of whether Covered Persons use their own name or a pseudonym, including the disclosure of MNPI about the Company or with respect to other publicly-traded companies that you learn through your work with the Company.
You and any person acting on your behalf may not:
6.1 Engage in short sales of the Company’s securities (sales of securities that are not then owned), including “sales against the box” (short sales not exceeding the number of shares already owned).
6.2 Trade in derivatives of the Company’s securities, such as exchange-traded put or call options and forward transactions.
6.3 Purchase any financial instruments (such as prepaid variable forward contracts, equity swaps, collars or exchange funds) or otherwise engaging in any transactions that hedge or offset any decrease in the market value of the Company’s securities or limit your ability to profit from an increase in the market value of the Company’s securities.
6.4 Hold the Company’s securities in a margin account or pledge the Company’s securities as collateral for a loan unless the pledge has been approved by the Compliance Officer.
6.5 Except under valid 10b5-1 plans meeting the requirements of Section 9 below and Appendix B, establish standing or limit orders for transactions in the Company’s securities for more than three business days, and any such transaction in the Company’s securities must otherwise comply with the restrictions and procedures of this policy.
4
Except for the transactions described in Section 4.4 hereof:
7.1 No Covered Person may engage in transactions in the Company’s securities during a quarterly blackout period, regardless of whether they are then actually aware of MNPI.
A quarterly blackout period is in effect with respect to each quarterly earnings announcement, starting on the 15th day of the third month of each fiscal quarter (provided, if the fifteenth day of the month is not a business day, then the next business day) and ending when one (1) full trading day has passed following the public announcement of the Company’s quarterly financial results. The Company has selected this period because it is the time when Covered Persons are likely to have MNPI about the Company.
7.2 In addition to quarterly blackout periods applicable to Covered Persons, from time to time the Company or the Compliance Officer may decide to impose an event-specific blackout period company-wide or on those who are aware of particular information that the Company or the Compliance Officer determines to be MNPI. This event-specific blackout period may be imposed in connection with a potential acquisition, a financial analyst conference, anticipated positive or negative earnings announcements, cybersecurity incidents or other material developments. If you are subject to an event-specific blackout period, you may not engage in transactions in the Company’s securities until notified that the blackout period has ended.
The existence of an event-specific blackout will not be generally announced. If you are covered by the event-specific blackout, you will be notified by the Compliance Officer. Any person made aware of an event-specific blackout should not disclose the existence of the blackout to anyone else. If you have any questions about an event-specific blackout period, you should consult the Compliance Officer.
7.3 Pre-clearance of Transactions
7.3.1 Each Restricted Person (attached hereto as Appendix A) must not engage in transactions in the Company’s securities, even at times other than the “quarterly blackout periods” and “event-specific blackout periods” discussed above, without first submitting a request for pre-clearance to the Compliance Officer and having it approved. If you are a Restricted Person, you must submit a request prior to commencing any transaction, including but not limited to sales, purchases, option exercises, gifts or other transactions in the Company’s securities.
If you are a Restricted Person, you will be notified from time to time by the Compliance Officer of the pre-clearance and other procedures applicable to you.
7.3.2 Restricted Persons will be permitted to proceed with a proposed transaction only after the Compliance Officer has pre-cleared it and communicated his/her approval in writing or via e-mail. If you are a Restricted Person and your transaction is pre-cleared in accordance with the policy, you will then have three (3) business days to effect the transaction (or, if sooner, before commencement of a quarterly or other blackout period). However, under no circumstance may you engage in transactions in the Company’s securities while aware of MNPI about the Company, even if pre-cleared. Thus, if you become aware of MNPI after receiving pre-clearance, but before the transaction has been executed, you must not effect the pre-cleared transaction.
5
7.3.3 The Compliance Officer is under no obligation to approve a request under the pre-clearance procedures provided for under this policy and may determine to reject any request, even if the proposed transaction would not violate the federal securities laws or a specific provision of this policy.
Approval of any request under these pre-clearance procedures does not insulate you from liability under the securities laws. Under the law, the ultimate responsibility for determining whether an individual is aware of MNPI about the Company rests with that individual in all cases.
7.3.4 Covered Persons must also comply with SEC Rule 144, Section 16 of the Exchange Act, and all applicable reporting requirements. As such, in connection with the preclearance process, each Section 16 Person (as defined below) should provide to the Compliance Officer with information showing how the proposed transaction in the Company’s securities complies with SEC Rule 144 and does not result in short swing profits under Section 16 of the Exchange Act. 10b5-1 plans should also include a provision stating that the Section 16 Person will arrange for the electronic filing of any required Form 144 with the SEC via the EDGAR system and authorize the 10b5-1 plan broker to notify the Company of all transaction in Company securities on the Section 16 Person’s behalf to ensure a Form 4 is filed in the required two (2) business days.
7.3.5. The Compliance Officer, in consultation with the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer from time to time, will designate and maintain a list of “Restricted Persons” for purposes of this policy attached hereto as Appendix A. Such persons include the Company’s executive officers and directors, including the Company’s principal accounting officer (if separate from the Company’s principal financial officer) (“Section 16 Persons”), as well as others who are at an enhanced risk of possessing MNPI and who therefore must exercise greater diligence to comply with insider trading prohibitions. This latter category includes certain senior personnel and employees in certain departments, as well as any other employees in a role that makes it likely they will have involvement with MNPI. You will be notified by the Compliance Officer if you are considered a Restricted Person under this policy.
Transactions prohibited by Sections 4, 6, or 7 hereof may be exempted from the prohibitions set forth in this policy if, prior to the transactions, the Compliance Officer determines that the transaction is not inconsistent with the purposes of this policy and exceptional circumstances apply, and communicates a specific, narrow, limited, exception to you in writing.
The existence of a personal financial emergency does not excuse you from compliance with this policy and will not be the basis for an exception to this policy.
SEC Rule 10b5-1 provides that if an individual sells stock pursuant to a trading plan meeting the requirements of such rule (commonly referred to as “10b5-1 plans”), the individual will have an affirmative defense to an allegation that a trade has been made on the basis of MNPI. Persons who establish written trading plans under this rule in advance of the trade and while not in possession of MNPI can avail themselves of this defense. These plans can be useful in enabling insiders to plan ahead without fear that they might become exposed to MNPI that will prevent them from trading.
Transactions executed under valid pre-approved 10b5-1 plans are not subject to the pre-clearance procedures and trading prohibitions, including the quarterly or event-specific blackout periods, under this policy.
6
The Compliance Officer has established the guidelines for 10b5-1 plans attached hereto as Appendix B, which may be amended from time to time. For more information about how to establish a 10b5-1 plan and applicable guidelines for the adoption and administration of such plans, please contact the Compliance Officer.
The Compliance Officer is under no obligation to approve any submitted 10b5-1 plan and may determine to reject any plan, even if it complies with SEC Rule 10b5-1(c) and otherwise complies with this policy.
The Company will not transact in its own securities while aware of MNPI relating to the Company or its securities, and any Company transactions in its own securities will be in compliance with applicable securities laws.
Any questions about this policy, its application to a proposed transaction, or the requirements of applicable laws should be directed to the Compliance Officer at complianceofficer@dave.com.
7
APPENDIX A
DAVE INC.
LIST OF RESTRICTED PERSONS
APPENDIX B
DAVE INC.
10B5-1 PLAN GUIDELINES
The 10b5-1 Plan may only be entered into or modified (i) during an open trading window (e.g., when no quarterly blackout period or event-specific blackout period under the Insider Trading Policy is in effect) and (ii) at a time when the insider is not in possession of material, non-public information (“MNPI”). The 10b5-1 Plan should contain provisions explicitly affirming that, (i) as of the adoption or modification date, the insider is not in possession of any MNPI regarding the Company or its securities, and (ii) the insider is entering into the 10b5-1 Plan in good faith and not as part of a plan or scheme to evade insider trading laws. An insider’s failure to act in good faith with respect to the insider’s 10b5-1 Plan under the Insider Trading Policy, including with respect to modifications and terminations, will cause the plan to no longer comply with Rule 10b5-1 and the Insider Trading Policy and potentially cause the insider’s prior transactions in the Company’s securities thereunder to violate the Insider Trading Policy.
Frequent modifications may suggest that the insider is trading on MNPI under the guise of a 10b5-1 Plan. A modification to an existing 10b5-1 Plan is considered a termination of such 10b5-1 Plan and the adoption of a new 10b5-1 Plan, which requires the application of the requirements set forth in these guidelines that apply to adopting a new plan (for this purpose, a modification includes a modification to the amount, price or timing of the purchase or sale of the securities or a modification to a written formula/algorithm that affects the amount, price or timing of the purchase or sale of the securities).
The 10b5-1 Plan, including any modification or termination thereof, must be submitted to the Compliance Officer for approval and that submission should be made at least five (5) business days before the planned entry, modification or termination. The Compliance Officer will (i) review the 10b5-1 Plan for its compliance with the Insider Trading Policy and these guidelines, (ii) review the 10b5-1 Plan for compliance with SEC Rule 10b5-1(c), and (iii) confirm that transactions under the 10b5-1 Plan are to be consummated through a broker that is acceptable to the Company.
For the members of the Board of Directors of the Company and the Company’s officers for purposes of Section 16 of the Exchange Act, 10b5-1 Plans must be subject to a “cooling off” period pursuant to which no trading may commence after the 10b5-1 Plan is adopted or modified until the expiration of the later of (i) ninety (90) days after the adoption or modification of the 10b5-1 Plan, or (ii) two (2) business days following the filing of the Form 10-Q or Form 10-K for the fiscal quarter in which the plan was adopted or modified, not to exceed one hundred and twenty (120) days following adoption of the 10b5-1 Plan.
For other insiders, 10b5-1 Plans must be subject to a “cooling off” period of thirty (30) days after the adoption or modification of the 10b5-1 Plan.
1
6.1 The Company encourages trading schedules to provide for a pattern of regular trades occurring over time to minimize any inference that the insider sought to exploit MNPI and to avoid occasional high-volume sales that, if they turn out to precede bad news, might be scrutinized by the SEC and private securities class action plaintiffs.
6.2 The Company’s Compliance Officer will approve 10b5-1 Plans only to the extent that the 10b5-1 Plan clearly specifies the amount, pricing and timing of transactions (including by formula or algorithm, which must be straightforward in design and simple to implement). The Compliance Officer has sole discretion to determine if the requirements set forth in this item are met.
6.3 An insider should not enter into a 10b5-1 Plan that is designed to transact the total amount of the Company’s securities subject to the 10b5-1 Plan as a single transaction unless: (i) the insider has not, during the prior twelve-month period, entered into another 10b5-1 Plan of the same design; and (ii) such other 10b5-1 Plan was eligible to receive the affirmative defense under Rule 10b5-1. A single-trade plan is a 10b5-1 Plan that is designed to effect an open market trade of the total amount of securities in a single transaction.
An insider may not enter into more than one 10b5-1 Plan at a time, except as expressly permitted by Rule 10b5-1. Consult with the Compliance Officer to discuss whether any of the exceptions under Rule 10b5-1 may apply, particularly if an insider wishes to enter into a new 10b5-1 Plan under which trades will commence shortly after an existing 10b5-1 Plan would terminate in accordance with its terms. This restriction does not apply to an additional 10b5-1 Plan providing only for eligible sell-to-cover transactions, where the plan provides for sales of securities as are necessary to satisfy tax withholding obligations arising exclusively from the vesting of a compensatory stock award.
10b5-1 Plans should include a provision that automatically suspends trading under the plan upon notice of suspension from the Company triggered by certain events. Events contemplated by such notice include underwritten public offerings by the Company and acquisition of the Company.
10b5-1 Plans should also include a provision automatically terminating the plan at some future date. Longer plans are recommended but should, in any event, be at least six (6) months and should not be longer than two (2) years.
In addition, any 10b5-1 Plan must provide for automatic termination in the event of death, a personal bankruptcy filing, the filing of a divorce petition, employment termination (in which case such automatic termination will occur at the beginning of the next open trading window), the last scheduled sale of shares, the public announcement of a merger, recapitalization, acquisition, tender or exchange offer, or other business combination or reorganization resulting in the exchange or conversion of the shares of the Company into shares of another company, or the conversion of the Company’s securities into rights to receive fixed amounts of cash or into debt securities and/or preferred stock (whether in whole or in part).
While Rule 10b5-1 does not expressly forbid the early termination of a 10b5-1 Plan, the SEC has made clear that once a 10b5-1 Plan is terminated, the affirmative defense may not apply to any trades that were made pursuant to that plan if such termination calls into question whether the good faith requirement was met or whether the plan was part of a plan or scheme to evade Rule 10b-5 under the Exchange Act. The risk associated with terminating a plan increases if the insider promptly engages in market transactions or adopts a new 10b5-1 Plan. Such behavior could arouse suspicion that the insider is modifying trading behavior in order to benefit from MNPI. Accordingly, insiders are encouraged to not terminate 10b5-1 Plans except in unusual circumstances. For similar reasons, insiders are encouraged to avoid frequent modifications of 10b5-1 Plans. As noted above under Section 3 of these guidelines, insiders are required to obtain the Compliance Officer’s prior approval for a termination of any 10b5-1 Plan.
2
Adoption of a 10b5-1 Plan does not preclude trading outside of the plan that otherwise is in accordance with the Insider Trading Policy. However, directors and employees should be cognizant of the fact that the Rule 10b5-1 affirmative defense will not apply to such trades outside a 10b5-1 Plan. In addition, under Rule 10b5-1, the director or employee may not have further influence over whether, when or how the trades under the plan are made once the plan is put in place, and therefore their trading outside of the plan must not have direct or indirect influence on the trading instructions under the plan. In other words, securities subject to the plan (e.g., shares underlying unexercised stock options) should not be purchased or sold outside the plan.
Unless otherwise approved by the Compliance Officer and Chief Financial Officer, all 10b5-1 Plans must be implemented through a broker included in a list approved by the Compliance Officer. The Compliance Officer may amend this list from time to time.
An insider must not communicate any MNPI about the Company to the broker, or attempt to influence how the broker exercises his or her discretion in any way.
When a director or executive officer who is required to make Section 16 filings adopts, amends or terminates a 10b5-1 Plan, the Company must disclose certain information in its Quarterly Reports on Form 10-Q and/or Annual Reports on Form 10-K. This information includes the name and title of the director or executive officer, the date of the adoption, amendment or termination of the 10b5-1 Plan, the duration of the 10b5-1 Plan, and the aggregate number of securities to be traded under the 10b5-1 Plan.
3
INSIDER TRADING POLICY
ACKNOWLEDGMENT
I certify that I have read, understand and agree to comply with Dave Inc.’s Insider Trading Policy. I agree that I will be subject to sanctions imposed by the Company, in its discretion, for violation of the Policy, and that the Company may give stop-transfer and other instructions to the Company’s transfer agent against the transfer of Company securities as necessary to ensure compliance with the Policy. I acknowledge that one of the sanctions to which I may be subject as a result of violating the Policy is termination of my employment, including termination for cause, or if I am a director, removal from the Board.
Date: __________________________ Signature: _________________________
Printed Name: ______________________
Exhibit 23.1
CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM
We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statements Nos. 333-269482, 333-268785 and 333-263589 on Form S-8 and 333-262478 on Form S-3 of our report dated March 4, 2025 relating to the consolidated financial statements of Dave Inc., appearing in the Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2024.
/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP I, Jason Wilk, certify that:
Los Angeles, California
March 4, 2025
Exhibit 31.1
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
Date: March 4, 2025
|
|
/s/ Jason Wilk |
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
(principal executive officer) |
Exhibit 31.2
CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO
RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a) UNDER THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934,
AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
I, Kyle Beilman, certify that:
Date: March 4, 2025
|
/s/ Kyle Beilman |
Chief Financial Officer |
(principal financial officer) |
Exhibit 32
CERTIFICATIONS PURSUANT TO
SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002
(18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350)
The undersigned, Jason Wilk, Chief Executive Officer, and Kyle Beilman, Chief Financial Officer of Dave Inc. (the “Company”), hereby certify as of the date hereof, solely for the purposes of 18 U.S.C. §1350, that:
Date: March 4, 2025
|
|
/s/ Jason Wilk |
Chief Executive Officer and Director |
|
/s/ Kyle Beilman |
Chief Financial Officer |
The foregoing certification is being furnished solely pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350 and is not being filed as part of the Report or as a separate disclosure document.